Quarterlytics / Technology / Hardware, Equipment & Parts / Universal Electronics Inc.

Universal Electronics Inc.

ueic · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker ueic
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Hardware, Equipment & Parts
Employees 3838
← All annual reports
FY2007 Annual Report · Universal Electronics Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2

0

0

7

u
n

i

v
e
r
s
a

l

e

l

e
c
t
r
o
n

i

c
s

i

n
c

.

a
n
n
u
a

l

r
e
p
o
r
t

Universal Electronics Inc.
6101 Gateway Drive
Cypress, CA 90630

universal electronics _ annual report

uei.com

connect

we
we

life
life

technology

7
7

0
0

0
0

2
2

 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS

OFFICERS

WORLDWIDE HEADQUARTERS

Paul D. Arling
Chairman and
Chief Executive Offi cer

Universal Electronics Inc.

Cypress, California

Satjiv S. Chahil2, 3

Senior Vice President
of Marketing
Hewlett-Packard 
Personal Systems Group

Cupertino, California

William C. Mulligan1, 3
Managing Director

Primus Venture Partners, Inc.

Cleveland, Ohio

L I O

6   M I L

3

2

$

J.C. Sparkman2, 3
Retired Executive
Vice President and 
05
N   >
Chief Operating Offi cer

L I O
Telecommunications, Inc. (TCI)
8
Denver, Colorado

1   M I L

Ed Zinser1
Chief Financial Offi cer

Boingo Wireless Inc.

Los Angeles, California

1  Member, Audit Committee
2 

 Member, Compensation 

Committee

3 

 Member, Corporate 

Governance & Nominating 

Committee

Universal Electronics Inc. 

is an equal opportunity employer

1

$

04

N   >

L I O

8   M I L

5

1

$

revenue

electronics

>

home

growth

Paul D. Arling
Chairman and 
Chief Executive Offi cer

Paul J.M. Bennett
Executive Vice President 
International
Managing Director EMEA

Mark S. Kopaskie
Executive Vice President 
and General Manager, U. S.

Universal Electronics Inc.
6101 Gateway Drive
Cypress, California  90630

EUROPEAN HEADQUARTERS

The Netherlands
Universal Electronics BV
Institutenweg 21 7521 PH
Enschede, Netherlands

trends

N   >

INVESTOR INFORMATION

07

Annual Meeting

4:00 p.m. PT - June 12, 2008

7

3   M I L

Richard A. Firehammer, Jr.
L I O
Senior Vice President, 
General Counsel and 
Secretary
06

N   >
Bryan Hackworth
Senior Vice President and 
Chief Financial Offi cer

$

2

Joe Miketo
Senior Vice President 
of Operations

Olav Pouw 
Senior Vice President Control
and Technology Group, EMEA 
and Asia

Pam Price
Senior Vice President of Sales

Ramzi S. Ammari
Vice President of 
Product Development

Steve Gutman
Vice President of Cable Sales 

Patrick H. Hayes
Vice President of 
Intellectual Property 

Lou Hughes
Vice President of 
Corporate Development

Em Klaver
Vice President
Digital Home Group , EMEA

Michael Koch
Vice President of Finance and 
Treasurer

Patrick Lems
Vice President
Business Controlling & M&A 
EMEA

Universal Electronics Inc.
6101 Gateway Drive
Cypress, California  90630

Independent Registered Public 
Accounting Firm
Grant Thornton LLP

Irvine, California

Registrar & Transfer Agent
Computershare Investor 
Services, LLC

2 North LaSalle Street 

Chicago, Illinois  60602

Phone (312) 588-4991

FORM 10-K 

Any stockholder who desires 
a copy of the Company’s 2007 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
fi led with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission may ob-
tain a copy (excluding exhibits) 
without charge by addressing a 
request to:

Investor Relations
Universal Electronics Inc.
6101 Gateway Drive

Cypress, California  90630

A charge equal to the reproduc-
tion cost will be made if the 
exhibits are requested.
Universal’s Internet address is 
www.uei.com. Universal makes 
available through its internet 
web site its annual report on 
Form 10-K. Investors can also 
obtain copies of our SEC fi lings 
from the SEC web site at 
www.sec.gov

corporate information_
connecting the dots on the latest market trends_ 
All market trends underscore a sea change in technology and consumer electronics. The digital media rev-
olution is dramatically changing all aspects of our culture. New technology such as digital video recorders, 
high-defi nition televisions, and digital music services are driving demand for more innovative and easier 
ways to control it all. That’s where we come in. At Universal Electronics Inc. (UEI) we make innovative wire-
less control technology that allows everything to work together more easily and seamlessly, so consumers 
can enjoy their home entertainment media content — and get more out of it — anytime and anywhere. 

Graham Williams
Vice President of Engineering

Jacques Mathijsen
Vice President of Product
Mangement, EMEA

more

UEI is the global leader in 
wireless control technology 
for the connected home. UEI 
designs, develops, and deliv-
ers innovative solutions that 
enable consumers to control 
entertainment devices, digital 
media, and home systems.

The company’s broad portfolio 
of patented technologies and 
database of infrared control soft-
ware have been adopted by many 
Fortune 500 companies in the 
consumer electronics, subscrip-
tion broadcast, and computing 
industries. 

 
satellite

dvb-t

iptv

2

cable

pay tv

3

worldwide

12

N   >

L I O

0   M I L

0

2

09

N   >

L I O

8   M I L

0

1

05

N   >

L I O

4   M I L

4

355%

PROJECTED
INCREASE

7
0
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
t
p
e
S

,

k
o
o
b
a
t
a
D
n
a
g
a
K
L
N
S
d
n
a
;
t
a
t
S
n

I
*

*

E

D W I D

L

R

S   W O

R

E

R I B

C

S

B

U

V   S

E   T

L

B

A

L   C

A

D I G I T

subscribers

subscription
broadcast

connecting people with their media

As the large base of cable and 
satellite subscribers continues to 
grow, the industry is also chang-
ing. Viewing video content in the 
home is evolving with innova-
tions like IPTV, DVB-T and Pay TV 
— presenting new opportunities 
for UEI to excel.

Universal Electronics Inc. is a global supplier of remote control technologies for the subscription broadcast industry. Our list of 
customers reads like a “who’s who” of cable and satellite TV providers — including companies like Comcast®, Cox Communica-
tions®, DirecTV® and TimeWarner®. This past year, we added PCCW®, the largest and most comprehensive communications 
provider in Hong Kong, and SKY Italia®, a major player in Europe, to our growing list of customers worldwide. The demand keeps 
growing—for good reason. With increasingly advanced and innovative capabilities, our remote control technologies are helping to 
transform the set-top box in the den or family room into a true digital and entertainment hub for the entire home.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4

dvr

dvd

hdtv

worldwide

next
generation
dvd

consumer 
electronics

5

consumers

11

N   >

L I O

1   M I L

5

1

06

N >

L I O

0   M I L

5

200%

PROJECTED
INCREASE

)
7
0
0
2
/
1
(

s

i

s
y
l
a
n
A

l
a
b
o
l

G
A

:
V
T
D
H

;
a

i

d
e
M
&
s
m
o
c
e
l
e
T
a
m

r
o
f
n

I
*

*

V

T

D

H   H

S   W I T

D

L

O

H

E

S

U

O

E   H

D W I D

L

R

W O

electronics

connecting people with the latest technology_

According to Display Search, 
25% of U.S. households had 
HDTV’s of 26 inches or larger 
by the end of 2007, and pen-
etration is predicted to grow 
to 65% by the end of 2011—
UEI control technologies 
empower the digital trends 
of today and tomorrow.

Universal Electronics Inc. has developed a broad portfolio of industry-leading patented technologies and an extensive database of 
infrared control software that have been adopted by many Fortune 500 companies in the consumer electronics industry — leading 
names like Mitsubishi®, Panasonic®, and Pioneer®. Our technologies make it possible for consumers all over the world to con-
nect, control and interact with a variety of services and devices in the home, including the very latest fl at panel HDTVs and next 
generation DVDs that are quickly growing in popularity and rapidly penetrating the market. With the explosion of these new 
devices as well as entertainment options like Pay-Per-View and Video-On-Demand — and even “Place Shifting” — UEI solutions 
make digital media more accessible and ubiquitous than ever.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6

348,000+

UNIQUE
FUNCTION
CODES

 230,000+ 

BRAND AND 
MODEL 
REFERENCES

7

simple

complex

UEI’s products

Connecting everything in the home entertainment environment_

With innovative products 
like the Cricket Kids Remote, 
the Polaris™ remote for 
aging baby boomers, and 
the multimedia remote, 
UEI is enhancing the user 
experience for all ages 
and lifestyles.

As new devices and technologies continue to be introduced into the home and transform the way people enjoy entertainment, 
there’s also a need to simplify. Universal Electronics Inc. is answering the call. We’re cleaning up the coffee table — eliminating 
the clutter of excess remotes and providing a unifi ed control point for the entire home. Our award-winning Nevo® line provides 

a simple, interactive way to wirelessly connect, control and interact with every device in your home — from your stereo to the air 

conditioning. The OneForAll® line of consumer universal controls and accessories has consistently delivered consumer products 
that set the standard worldwide for total home entertainment control.

8

9
9

connect

we

our people are making all the right connections worldwide_
The key to our success at UEI is the quality and talent of our people. We are fortunate to employ some of 
the world’s leading experts in control technology. In fact, 70 of them have the distinction of being named 
on one or more of the 175 issued and pending U.S. patents. Ours is a corporate culture that demands 
and rewards excellence, as evidenced by the long tenure of our people. Of our 253 employees in the U.S., 
about 60 percent have been with the company for more than fi ve years; 25 percent have been with UEI 
for more than ten years. Those are statistics we can be very proud of.

10

r&d

design

For  us,  innovation  begins  with  R&D  and  product  design.  This  is  where  we  test  new  ideas  and  develop  new  prototypes.  At  the 
company’s Design Center located in Cypress, California, designers and product teams investigate new ways to improve the user 
experience and simplify the home control environment. Our designers have extensive training and experience in all aspects of 
ergonomic, industrial, and user interface design. They have also won numerous awards and international recognition for their 
work — their contributions have been pivotal to our success in becoming a leading innovator in the industry. As more and more 
new  digital  technology  devices  are  introduced  into  home  theaters,  family  rooms,  and  living  rooms  throughout  the  world,  UEI 
designers are the passionate visionaries helping achieve our mission of delivering the connected home.

technology

11

innovation

consumer

usability

connecting new products with new possibilities_

12

13

software

engineering

hardware

T3 GOLD 
AWARD

INDUSTRIAL 
DESIGN 
EXCELLENCE 
AWARD 

awards

INNOVATIONS 
AWARD
INTERNATIONAL 
CES

Our hardware and software engineers have a total of more than 540 years of collective experience in engineering. Over 40 percent 
have been with the company more than ten years. During this time, they have helped to develop the “intelligence” inside many of 
the digital and electronic devices and wireless controllers in use throughout the world.  Our connectivity software, which we license 
to many leading technology companies, covers more than 348,000 device function codes — meaning our remotes can readily be 
programmed to operate equipment in all markets worldwide. UEI engineers are now working on the next generation of control 
solutions, which incorporate leading-edge wireless technologies like Z-Wave™, ZigBee™, Wi-Fi, and two-way infrared protocols like 
XMP-2™, to expand the parameters of what’s possible in the connected home.

Engineering the hardware and software that connect the digital home_

Leveraging our extensive technology experience to Improve the user experience_

14

15

sales

recognition

worldwide

Effective  supply  chain  management,  sales  and  marketing,  and  customer  support  are  all  vital  to  the  long-term  success  of  our 
company. They are key to growing market share and building long-term customer relationships. Fortunately, we have outstand-
ing people in all of these areas. We maintain two full-service customer support facilities in Twinsburg, Ohio and in Enschede, the 
Netherlands, where we manage all support functions — from handling customer service and technical support calls to delivering 
outbound troubleshooting and inbound overfl ow calls for our customers. Our sales and marketing teams, which now extend to ev-
ery major continent worldwide, have been instrumental in defi ning and capitalizing on opportunities to expand our global footprint. 
We recently established sales offi ces in Hong Kong, India, and Singapore to serve the burgeoning market for our products in Asia.

Connecting the right products with the right people_

Connecting UEI with customers and markets in every part of the world_

16

17

revenue

diluted
earnings

07

E   >

R

A

H

R   S

E

3   P

1 . 3

$

06

E   >

R

A

H

R   S

E

4   P

0 . 9

$

05

E   >

R

A

H

R   S

E

9   P

0 . 6

$

04

E   >

R

A

H

R   S

E

5   P

0 . 6

$

vision

07

N   >

L I O

3   M I L

7

2

$

06

N   >

L I O

6   M I L

3

2

$

05

N   >

L I O

1   M I L

8

1

$

04

N   >

L I O

8   M I L

5

1

$

Strategic vision has guided our success. Hard work has made it happen_
In this year’s annual report, we have devoted several pages to our various team members worldwide 
whose tireless efforts have been pivotal to our achievements as a company over the past several years. 
After the outstanding year we just had — 2007 was our best year ever from a fi nancial standpoint — it 
is only fi tting that they be recognized. The passion, talents, and commitment of our people are what 
continue to fuel our innovative spirit and drive our success.

18

19

Dear Shareholders:

Our strategy of building the world’s best access 
and control technology within the home — and 
the brilliant execution of our UEI team world-
wide — have delivered an impressive degree of 
success over the past several years, capped off 
by a record 2007. 

We reported record revenues of $272.7 million 
in 2007, compared to $235.8 million in 2006 — a 
15.6% increase. Net income was $20.2 million, or 
$1.33 per diluted share, compared to $13.5 mil-
lion, or $0.94 per diluted share, in 2006. We also 
improved our operating margin to 9.7% in 2007, 
compared to 7.9% in 2006. Full-year 2007 operat-
ing income was a record $26.5 million, a more 
than 40% growth over full-year 2006.

Over a fi ve-year period, the compound annual 
growth rate in sales has been 21%, and EPS has 
grown at a compound rate of 26% over the same 
fi ve-year period. We expect to continue these 
strong growth trends as we are better positioned 
than ever to capitalize on a number of compelling 
market opportunities.

Within the U.S., the demand for our technology 
remains robust. Most experts expect the trends 
affecting our industry — the transition from analog 
to digital, the upgrade to DVRs, and the transition 
to high defi nition — will continue unabated. Today, 
just over half of the U.S. is digital, meaning half of 
the U.S. still need to make the transition. Accord-
ing to a study by LRG, DVRs are now in 20% of the 
U.S. households, up from only 2% in 2003, and 
they are expected to reach 60 million households 
by 2011.

Our long-time customer, DirecTV, now offers its 
subscribers up to 100 HD channels. This supports 
the rapid rate of transition to high defi nition, which 
Data Monitor predicts will reach 55 million house-
holds by 2010 and 76 million households by 2012 
— up from 15 million at the end of 2006.

We are expanding globally. We have consistently 
demonstrated UEI’s innovation and sales growth 
in the U.S. and Europe and are now focused on 
doing it in Asia. According to In-Stat, there were 

2.7 million IPTV subscribers in Asia in 2006, and 
this number is expected to exceed 33 million by 
the year 2012. The Chinese cable TV market, for 
example, is deploying digital cable set-top boxes 
at a record pace. Digital cable set-top box unit 
shipments in China rose from 2.2 million in 2006 
to over 9 million in 2007.

To capitalize on these tremendous growth 
opportunities, we have established our sales 
and program management infrastructure on the 
Asian continent, opening offi ces in Hong Kong, 
India, and Singapore. In the third quarter, we 
announced a new customer in Asia, PCCW, the 
largest and most comprehensive communications 
provider in Hong Kong. We are supplying PCCW 
subscribers with our remote control devices for 
new HD IPTV boxes. This is a big win for us — the 
fi rst of many relationships that we intend to estab-
lish with the region’s current and future leaders in 
subscription broadcasting.

Highlights of an outstanding year. 

(cid:125)(cid:3)In 2007, we repurchased approximately 471,000 
shares for $14.5 million. As of December 31, 2007, 
we have approximately 1.4 million shares remain-
ing in our plan, and we expect to repurchase ad-
ditional shares in 2008.

(cid:125)(cid:3)Continuing to expand our presence in Europe, 
in June 2007, we entered into an agreement with 
SKY Italia to provide remote control devices and 
accessories for its new retail product line, includ-
ing standard set-top boxes, “MySky” recording 
receivers, and high defi nition (HD) set-top boxes. 
Partnering with SKY Italia gives us instant pres-
ence in one of the most dynamic markets in 
Europe. With more than 4 million subscribers, 
SKY Italia is the leading provider of digital Pay TV 
in Italy. The SKY brand represents excitement and 
innovation, and participating in their retail product 
expansion plans in Italy opens a whole new market 
for our diverse portfolio of technologies. We’re 
looking forward to growing this relationship.

(cid:125)(cid:3)In January 2008, we began supplying Syntax-
Brillian Corporation with the “Taurus RC-LRN” 

universal learning remote controls for certain 
models of its new 1080p Olevia LCD HDTVs. The 
Olevia brand of LCD HDTVs have received many 
awards from leading technology and consumer 
media. In keeping with its strategy to grow Olevia as 
a world-class brand, Syntax-Brillian selected the 
UEI Taurus, an 8-device universal remote, to enable 
convenient and easy access to consumers’ digital 
entertainment devices. This remote taps into the 
world’s largest professionally maintained database 
of infrared function codes from UEI’s library of over 
348,000 functions, making device compatibility 
almost guaranteed.

The explosive demand for HDTV remains a key driv-
ing force behind our recent growth. Informa Tele-
coms and Media predicts rapid growth over the next 
fi ve years with 850 million HDTV sets expected to be 
in homes worldwide by the end of 2011—more than 
three times the 2006 fi gure. In addition, demand for 
the advanced set-top boxes supporting HDTV and 
DVR services is almost appearing to outstrip supply, 
and this phenomenon is global. UEI is serving the 
HDTV manufacturers, as well as the subscription 
broadcasting leaders, that are rolling out set-top 
boxes to power these new services.  

(cid:125)(cid:3)At the 2008 Consumer Electronics Show 
(CES) in Las Vegas in January 2008, we unveiled 
the latest revision to our award-winning NevoTM line: 
the NevoS70 universal controller. In addition to its 
sleek and elegant one-handed design, a brilliant 
3.5-inch color touch screen and extended battery 
life, NevoS70 offers the widest array of features of 
any remote in its class. It intuitively delivers total 
control of entertainment and digital media devices 
in today’s connected home as well as access to 
online information and web services. With the 
continuing digital convergence we are seeing in the 
home, the introduction of our latest Nevo controller 
couldn’t be timelier.

(cid:125)(cid:3)Once again this year, UEI was named to the list of 
the 200 Best Small Companies in America, published 
in the October 29, 2007 issue of Forbes magazine. 
For the third year in a row, the company was named 
to the prestigious Deloitte Orange County Technology 

Fast 50 list. On March 27, 2008 UEI was named as 
one of “America’s Most Trustworthy Small-Cap Com-
panies” by Forbes.com. These honors are validation 
of our success on a variety of fronts, and we are 
gratifi ed by this continued recognition. 

Looking ahead. We expect to continue our strategy 
of converting new customers and expanding exist-
ing customers’ use of our technology and products 
to fuel future growth. While we are clearly aware 
of a more diffi cult economic environment and its 
uncertain effect on our industry going forward, we 
believe the global consumer transition to digital and 
the adoption of high-defi nition and DVR technology 
will continue. In fact, we believe these trends are 
inevitable. In January, Display Search published a 
report showing that HDTVs of 26 inches or larger 
have penetrated 25% of U.S. households by the end 
of 2007, and predicted household penetration will 
reach 65% by the end of 2011. This translates into 
increasing from 52 million units deployed by the 
end of 2007 to 169 million by the end of 2011, 
a compound annual growth rate of 34% over the 
next four years.

Current economic trends have certainly affected 
near-term customer ordering patterns, particularly 
in the fourth quarter of 2007 and into the fi rst quarter 
of this year. However, we believe our new custom-
ers and new product development activities, as well 
as working with customers to garner a larger share 
of their forward purchasing plans, will yield results 
through the rest of 2008 and continue our long-term 
achievement of sales and earnings growth. Our 
growth themes or goals for 2008 include:

1) Increasing our share with existing customers:  
Our customers include many of the top consumer 
electronics companies, including share leaders in 
the growth areas of A/V receivers and plasma and 
LCD TVs — such as Panasonic, Polaroid, Hitachi, 
Vizio, Olevia, Sony, Denon and Onkyo. Our planning 
for 2008 includes discussions with these customers 
to expand their use of UEI technologies or products 
as part of their solutions.

Consumer electronics companies literally have hun-
dreds of products at different stages of the lifecycle 

20

to market new technologies and products that 
redefi ne ease of use and set up.  We are now enter-
ing the late stage of development on some exciting 
new products, some of which will be able to achieve 
price points that will bring an unprecedented blend 
of functionality and ease-of-use to the widest pos-
sible market. Some of these products have already 
been presented to potential customers for their 
input, and the reaction has been universally posi-
tive. These products will incorporate both wired and 
wireless technologies, and we will provide more 
details on them as the year progresses, particu-
larly around important trade events in the May and 
August-September timeframes.

As you can see, we have a lot of exciting develop-
ments in the works, so I remain very enthusiastic 
about what lies ahead. In closing, I also want to 
extend my sincere appreciation to our board of 
directors and worldwide partners, and to you, our 
shareholders, for your continued support. The 
coming years promise to be very exciting as our 
innovative solutions continue to transform the 
digital media environment.

Sincerely,

Paul Arling 
Chairman and 
Chief Executive Offi cer

at any given time, and we work with them on a vari-
ety of levels, supplying a share of their chips and/or 
control devices for some or all of their products.

Our goal is and always has been to earn more and 
more of their business. We start our relationships 
with a few successful projects and build on them to 
supply a more substantial portion of their business 
over time.

The same is true for our subscription broadcasting 
customers. In many cases, we do not have 100% 
of their business, and an opportunity exists to 
capture more of it by demonstrating our technolog-
ically superior products and great service. It is our 
expectation that, through these numerous relation-
ships and detailed discussions with these custom-
ers, we can earn a greater share of their business 
throughout 2008.

2)  Acquiring new customers in historically strong 
regions and expanding into new regions:  I have 
already touched on establishing offi ces in Hong 
Kong, Singapore, and India in an effort to gain a 
strong foothold in Asia, along with our continued 
presence in Japan. Almost all market experts have 
predicted that Asia will experience signifi cantly 
more growth than any other region of the world 
over the next fi ve to ten years.

Our newly established Asian presence is already 
beginning to produce results. Since late last year, 
we have added a number of new customers on 
the continent and will enjoy revenue from these 
relationships throughout 2008. Some of these 
customers have requested we withhold the award 
announcements to help them maintain privacy; 
and for other customers, we hope to release formal 
announcements soon. 

Additionally, our sales team has continued to 
focus on potential customers based in the U.S. 
and Europe, where UEI is long established. These 
efforts have also paid off. We anticipate the an-
nouncement of some key sales wins during 2008.

3)  Continuing to develop new products and 
technologies. UEI still leads the industry in inno-
vation, and we will continue to develop and bring 

10k

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

1

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS  
PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR
15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

(Mark One)  
(cid:2)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE   SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 

OR

(cid:3)

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from  

 to  

Commission File Number: 0-21044

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter) 

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction 
of Incorporation or Organization) 

6101 Gateway Drive
Cypress, California
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

33-0204817
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

90630
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (714) 820-1000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
(Title of Class) 

Nasdaq Global Select Market
(Name of each exchange on which registered) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None 

Indicate by check mark if whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act).

Yes (cid:3) No (cid:2)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  

Yes (cid:3) No (cid:2)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 
months, and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  

Yes (cid:2) No (cid:3)

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s 
knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of the Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:3)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of 
“large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): 

Large accelerated filer (cid:3)

Accelerated filer (cid:2)

Non-accelerated filer (cid:3)
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

Smaller Reporting Company (cid:3)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  

Yes (cid:3) No (cid:2)

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2007, the last business day of the registrant’s 
most recently completed second fiscal quarter was $469,563,193, based upon the closing sale price as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market for that date. 

As of March 11, 2008, 14,591,875 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the registrant were outstanding. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

Portions of the registrant’s notice of annual meeting of shareowners and proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after registrant’s fiscal year end 
of December 31, 2007 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this 

Form 10-K. The Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than April 29, 2008. 

Except as otherwise stated, the information contained in this Form 10-K is as of December 31, 2007. 

Exhibit Index appears on page 80. This document contains 83 pages. 

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
Annual Report on Form 10-K
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2007

Table of Contents

Item
 Number   

 1 
 1A 
 1B 
 2 
 3 
 4 

 5 
 6 
 7 

 7A 
 8 
 9 

 9A 
 9B 

 10 
 11 
 12 

 13 
 14 

 15 

PART I
Business ..........................................................................................................................  
Risk Factors .....................................................................................................................  
Unresolved Staff Comments............................................................................................  
Properties.........................................................................................................................  
Legal Proceedings ...........................................................................................................
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders ......................................................  

PART II

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters ....................  
Selected Consolidated Financial Data.............................................................................  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations .......................................................................................................................  
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ..........................................  
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ..............................................................  
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial 
Disclosure ........................................................................................................................  
Controls and Procedures .................................................................................................  
Other Information .............................................................................................................  

PART III

Page
Number 

  3 
  9 
  16 
  17 
  17 
  18 

  19 
  20 

  21 
  36 
  37 

  74 
  74
  76 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ..............................................  
Executive Compensation .................................................................................................  
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 
Stockholder Matters.........................................................................................................  
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence...............  
Principal Accountant Fees and Services .........................................................................  

  77 
  77

  77 
  78 
  78 

PART IV

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules ..................................................................  
Signatures........................................................................................................................  
Exhibit Index ....................................................................................................................  

  78 
  79 
  80 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

2

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

3

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

Forward-Looking Statements 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7, contains statements that may constitute forward-looking 
statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements 
involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. If the risks or uncertainties ever materialize or the 
assumptions prove incorrect, our results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by such 
forward-looking statements and assumptions. All statements other than statements of historical fact are 
statements that could be deemed forward-looking statements, including but not limited to any projections 
of revenue, margins, expenses, tax provisions, earnings, cash flows, benefit obligations, share 
repurchases or other financial items; any statements of the plans, strategies and objectives of 
management for future operations; any statements concerning expected development or relating to 
products or services; any statements regarding future economic conditions or performance; any 
statements regarding pending claims or disputes; any statements of expectation or belief; and any 
statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. Risks, uncertainties and assumptions include 
macroeconomic and geopolitical trends and events; the execution and performance of contracts by 
customers, suppliers and partners; the challenge of managing asset levels, including inventory; the 
difficulty of aligning expense levels with revenue changes; the outcome of pending legislation and 
accounting pronouncements; and other risks that are described herein, including but not limited to the 
items discussed in “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this report, and that are otherwise described from time to 
time in our Securities and Exchange Commission reports filed after the date of filing this report. We 
assume no obligation and do not intend to update these forward-looking statements. 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

PART I

Business of Universal Electronics Inc.

Universal Electronics Inc. was incorporated under the laws of Delaware in 1986 and began operations in 
1987. The principal executive offices are located at 6101 Gateway Drive, Cypress, California 90630. As 
used herein, the terms “we”, “us” and “our” refer to Universal Electronics Inc. and its subsidiaries unless 
the context indicates to the contrary. 

Additional information regarding UEI can be obtained at www.uei.com.  

Business Segment

Overview

Our business is comprised of one reportable segment. We have developed a broad line of easy-to-use, 
pre-programmed universal wireless control products and audio-video accessories that are marketed to 
enhance home entertainment systems. Additionally, we develop software and firmware solutions that can 
enable devices such as TVs, set-top boxes, stereos, automotive audio systems, cell phones and other 
consumer electronic products to wirelessly connect and interact with home networks and interactive 
services to deliver digital entertainment and information. 

Principal Markets

Our primary markets include retail, private label, OEMs, custom installers, automobile, cellular phone, 
subscription broadcasting, cable and satellite service providers and companies in the computing industry. 
We believe that our universal remote control database is capable of controlling virtually all infrared remote 
(“IR”) controlled TVs, VCRs, DVD players, cable converters, CD players, audio components and satellite 
receivers, as well as most other infrared remote controlled home entertainment devices and home 
automation control modules worldwide. 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

4

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

We provide subscription broadcasters, namely cable operators and satellite service providers, both 
domestically and internationally, with our wireless control devices and integrated circuits, on which our 
software is embedded, to support the demand associated with the deployment of digital set-top boxes 
that contain the latest technology and features. We also sell our universal wireless control devices and 
integrated circuits, on which our software is embedded, to OEMs that manufacture cable converters and 
satellite receivers for resale with their products. 

We continue to pursue further penetration of the more traditional consumer electronics/OEM markets. 
Customers in these markets generally package our wireless control devices for resale with their audio 
and video home entertainment products. We also sell customized chips, which include our software 
and/or customized software packages, to these customers. Growth in this line of business has been 
driven by the proliferation and increasing complexity of home entertainment equipment, emerging digital 
technology, multimedia and interactive internet applications, and the number of OEMs. 

We also continue to place significant emphasis on expanding our sales and marketing efforts to 
subscription broadcasters and OEMs in Asia, Latin America and Europe. We will continue to add new 
sales people to support anticipated sales growth in these markets over the next few years. 

In the international retail markets, our One For All® brand name products accounted for 17.9%, 20.4%, 
and 25.4% of our total sales for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. 
Throughout 2007, we continued our retail sales and marketing efforts in Europe, Australia, New Zealand, 
South Africa, the Middle East, Mexico and selected countries in Asia and Latin America. Financial 
information relating to our international operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 
2005 is included in “ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA-Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements-Note 19”. 

By providing our wireless control technology in many forms, including finished products and 
microcontrollers on which our software is embedded, we can meet the needs of our customers, enabling 
those who manufacture or subcontract their manufacturing requirements to use existing sources of supply 
and more easily incorporate our technology. 

Since our beginning in 1986, we have compiled an extensive library that covers nearly 348,000 individual 
device functions and over 3,300 individual consumer electronic equipment brand names. Our library is 
regularly updated with new infrared (“IR”) codes used in newly introduced audio and video devices. All 
such IR codes are captured from the original manufacturer’s remote control devices or written 
specifications to ensure the accuracy and integrity of the database. 

Our proprietary software and know-how permit us to compress the IR codes before being loaded into our 
products. This provides significant cost and space efficiencies that enable us to include more codes and 
features in the memory space of the wireless control devices than are included in the similarly priced 
products of our competitors. 

With today’s rapidly changing technology, upgradeability ensures on-going compatibility with current and 
future devices. We have developed patented technology that provides the capability to easily upgrade the 
memory of our wireless control devices by adding IR codes from our library that were not originally 
included. These upgrade features, at no additional cost to the consumer, provide customers with the 
ability to upgrade our wireless devices remotely using a personal computer or telephone, and directly at 
the factory or service locations. These upgrade options utilize one-way or two-way communication to 
upgrade the wireless devices’ codes or data depending on the requirements. 

Each of our wireless control devices is designed to simplify the use of audio, video and other devices. To 
appeal to the mass market, the number of buttons is minimized to include only the most popular 
functions. Another patented ease of use feature we offer in several of our products is our user 
programmable macro key. This feature allows the user to program a sequence of commands onto a 
single key, to be played back each time that key is subsequently pressed. 

3

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our remotes are also designed for ease of set-up. For most of our products, the consumer simply inputs a 
four-digit code for each video or audio device to be controlled. During 2007, building on our strategy to 
develop new products and technologies to further simplify remote set-up, we created the Stealth USB 
product and the EZ Web remote control set-up application. The Stealth USB is a remote control device 
that utilizes a monochrome LCD display to augment the user experience for both set-up and operation. In 
addition the Stealth USB has a mini USB port that can be connected to a personal computer using a USB 
cable. Once connected to a personal computer, our customers can utilize the EZ Web remote control set-
up application’s graphical interface to fully program their remote control. Another product we developed 
during 2007 is automated set-up method that utilizes a set-top box. This product, designed for 
subscription broadcasters, will help to simplify the end user’s set-up experience by allowing the user to 
interface with their set-top box, using their television, to program a remote. The set-top box can memorize 
the set-up parameters allowing the user to restore the set-up to a new or existing remote. 

Wireless networking is one of today’s fastest growing trends. Combining our connectivity software and 
patent portfolio with Universal Plug-n-Play (“UPnP”) standards and the 802.11 wireless networking 
protocols, we developed our Nevo® product line. NevoSL®, which began shipping during the second 
quarter of 2005, is a stand alone universal wireless controller that uses Wi-Fi to control the play back or 
viewing of MP3s, photos, and videos stored on a PC, through a media player attached to a home 
entertainment center. By utilizing the touch screen user interface, customers can select play lists, slide 
shows, or videos to be played via the media player from anywhere within the networks range. In addition, 
NevoSL® utilizes infrared technology to control virtually all infrared controlled consumer electronic 
devices, and can also be utilized to control wireless household appliances. 

Building on the Nevo line, in 2007 we launched three new products for the custom installer market: 
NevoQ50®; NevoConnect® NC-50 base station; and NevoStudio Pro® programming software. 
NevoQ50® and NevoConnect include Z-wave™ functionality to enable bi-directional RF control to take 
full advantage of Z-Wave “mesh networking” technologies, improving the range and increasing the 
reliability of signal transmissions. Voltage sensing and video state detection allows the controller to detect 
whether AV equipment is on or off for improved macro execution. NevoStudio Pro has been updated with 
an easy wizard interface, drag and drop programming, and the ability to generate configuration files for 
both the remote and base station simultaneously within a single application. 

In January 2008, we continued to broaden our line of advanced function remotes for the custom installer 
market with the release of NevoS70®. The NevoS70 combines all the technology of the Nevo Q50 with 
access to web-based services to deliver real-time information such as news, sports and stock quotes; 
extended battery life; and the ability to view and control any device that has a compatible embedded web 
server, such as many web-based cameras and media servers. The Nevo® product line supports the 
attainment of our strategic goal to build our presence as a wireless control technology leader, enabling 
consumers to wirelessly connect, control, and interact within the ever-increasingly complex home. 

Methods of Distribution and Customers

We have developed a broad portfolio of patented technologies and the industry’s leading database of 
home connectivity software. We include our technology in a broad family of products including universal 
standard and touch screen remote controls, antennas and various audio/video accessories, as well as 
custom and customizable microcontrollers. To a lesser extent, we also license our technology to certain 
customers, including leading Fortune 500 companies. 

In addition, we sell our services and license our software to OEMs operating in the consumer electronics, 
automobile, cellular phone, and subscription broadcasting industries for use in their products. Licenses 
are delivered upon the transfer of a product master or on a per unit basis when the software is loaded 
onto the OEM’s device. 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

5

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

6

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

In the United States, we sell our products to cable operators, satellite service providers, private label 
customers, consumer electronics accessory manufacturers and companies in the computing industry for 
resale under their respective brand names. In addition, we sell our wireless control products, and to a 
lesser extent, license our proprietary technologies to OEMs for use in their products. We also license our 
One For All® brand name to a third party, who in turn sells the products directly to certain domestic 
retailers. 

Outside the United States, we sell our wireless control devices and certain accessories under the One
For All® and certain other brand names under private labels to retailers, and to other customers, through 
our international subsidiaries. Third party distributors are utilized in countries where we do not have 
subsidiaries. We also sell our products and/or license our proprietary technology to OEMs, cable 
operators and satellite service providers internationally. 

We have eleven international subsidiaries, Universal Electronics B.V., established in the Netherlands, 
One For All GmbH and Ultra Control Consumer Electronics GmbH, both established in Germany, One for 
All Iberia S.L., established in Spain, One For All UK Ltd., established in the United Kingdom, One For All 
Argentina S.R.L., established in Argentina, One For All France S.A.S., established in France, Universal 
Electronics Italia S.R.L., established in Italy, UE Singapore Pte. Ltd., established in Singapore, UEI Hong 
Kong Pte. Ltd., established in Hong Kong and UEI Electronics Pte. Ltd., established in India. 

For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, our sales to Comcast Communications, Inc., 
represented 13.3%, 12.0% and 12.2% of our net sales, respectively. No other single customer accounted 
for 10% or more of our net sales in 2007, 2006 or 2005. However, DirecTV and its subcontractors 
collectively accounted for 16.9%, 17.7% and 16.6% of our net sales for the years ended December 31, 
2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. 

We provide domestic and international consumer support to our various universal remote control 
marketers, including manufacturers, cable and satellite providers, retail distributors, and audio and video 
original equipment manufacturers through our automated “InterVoice” system. Live agent help is available 
through certain programs. We also make available a free web-based support resource, urcsupport.com, 
designed specifically for cable subscribers. This solution offers interactive online demos and tutorials to 
help users easily setup their remote and commands, and as a result reduces call volume at customer 
support centers. Additionally, ActiveSupport®, a call center, provides customer interaction management 
services from service and support to retention. Pre-repair calls, post-install surveys, and inbound calls to 
customers provide greater bottom-line efficiencies. We continue to review our programs to determine their 
value in enhancing and improving the sales of our products. As a result of this continued review, some or 
all of these programs may be modified or discontinued in the future and new programs may be added. 

Raw Materials and Dependence on Suppliers

We utilize third-party manufacturers and suppliers primarily in Asia to produce our wireless control 
products. In 2007, Computime, C.G. Development and Samsung each provided more than 10% of our 
total inventory purchases. They collectively provided 63.2% of our total inventory purchases for 2007. In 
2006, Computime, C.G. Development, Freescale and Jetta each provided more than 10% of our total 
inventory purchases. They collectively provided 60.9% of our total inventory purchases for 2006. In 2005, 
Computime provided more than 10% of our total inventory purchase, representing 33.9% of our total 
inventory purchases. 

As in the past, we continue to evaluate alternative and additional third-party manufacturers and sources 
of supply. During 2007, we continued to utilize multiple suppliers and maintain duplicate tooling for certain 
of our products. This has allowed us to stabilize our source for products and negotiate more favorable 
terms with our suppliers. In addition, where we can, we use standard parts and components, which are 
available from multiple sources. To continue to reduce our dependence on suppliers, we continue to seek 
additional sources of integrated circuit chips to help reduce the potential for manufacturing and shipping 
delays. In addition, we have included flash microcontroller technology in some of our products. Flash 
microcontrollers can have shorter lead times than standard microcontrollers and may be reprogrammed if 
necessary, thus potentially reducing excess or obsolete inventory exposure. 

5

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

7

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights

We own a number of United States and foreign patents related to our products and technology, and have 
filed domestic and foreign applications for other patents that are pending. We had a total of 175 and 173 
issued and pending patents at the end of 2007 and 2006, respectively. Our patents have remaining lives 
ranging from approximately one to eighteen years. We have also obtained copyright registration and 
claim copyright protection for certain of our proprietary software and libraries of IR codes. Additionally, the 
names of most of our products are registered or are being registered as trademarks in the United States 
Patent and Trademark Office and in most of the other countries in which such products are sold. These 
registrations are valid for a variety of terms ranging up to 20 years and may be renewed as long as the 
trademarks continue to be used and are deemed by management to be important to our operations. 
While we follow the practice of obtaining patent, copyright and trademark registrations on new 
developments whenever advisable, in certain cases, we have elected common law trade secret protection 
in lieu of obtaining such other protection. 

Seasonality

Historically, our business has been influenced by the retail sales cycle, with increased sales in the last 
half of the year and the largest proportion of sales occurring in the last quarter. However, during 2007, 
sales in the first half of the year exceeded sales in the second half of the year. This was primarily due to 
the increased demand in the first and second quarters of 2007 from cable customers in an effort to meet 
the July 1, 2007 Open Cable Applications Platform (“OCAP”) standards deadline in the United States. We 
expect the sales cycle to return to its historical pattern in 2008. 

See “ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA—Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements-Note 22” for further details regarding our quarterly results. 

Competition

Our principal competitors in the international retail and private label markets for our wireless controls 
include Philips, Thomson and Sony as well as various manufacturers of wireless controls in Asia. Our 
primary competitors in the OEM market are the original equipment manufacturers themselves and 
wireless control manufacturers in Asia. Our NevoSL® product competes in the custom electronics 
installation market against AMX, RTI, Universal Remote Control, Philips, Logitech and many others. We 
compete in our markets on the basis of product quality, product features, price, intellectual property and 
customer and consumer support. We believe that we will need to continue to introduce new and 
innovative products to remain competitive and to recruit and retain competent personnel to successfully 
accomplish our future objectives. 

Engineering, Research and Development

During 2007, our engineering efforts focused on modifying existing products and technologies to improve 
features, to lower costs, and to develop measures to protect our proprietary technology and general 
know-how. In addition, we continue to regularly update our library of IR codes to include IR codes for new 
features and devices introduced worldwide. We also continue to explore ways to improve our software to 
pre-program more codes into our memory chips and to simplify the upgrading of our wireless control 
products. 

We also broadened our product portfolio with solutions that address emerging technology sectors like 
home media distribution and home automation. These advanced technology development efforts focused 
on both industry-based standards as well as specific universal extensions that maximize the end user 
experience utilizing a set of heterogeneous protocols and technologies that exist in the modern home 
today. This environment is driving the need for simplification of these new protocols and devices, since 
they were originally engineered and targeted towards the enterprise customer. We created the Nevo® 
product offerings to simplify and manage the end user’s experience interacting with devices in the home 
— devices that may be used for a decade or more, including traditional IR based devices, and the more 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

8

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

complex TCP/IP consumer electronic devices utilizing both open and proprietary protocols. During 2007 
we also focused on developing and marketing additional products that are based on the Zigbee, Z-
Wave® and other radio frequency technology. 

We also developed technologies aimed at unifying traditional technologies that are encountered within a 
home, and emerging technologies. This allows consumers to deploy our solutions ranging from a simple 
IR based audio-visual stack to a modern digital media management experience allowing access to digital 
content such as music, pictures and videos. 

Our personnel are involved with various industry organizations and bodies, which are in the process of 
setting standards for infrared, radio frequency, power line, telephone and cable communications and 
networking in the home. There can be no assurance that any of our research and development projects 
will be successfully completed. 

Our expenditures on engineering, research and development were:  

(in millions): 
  2005 
Research and Development (1)..................................................................................   $  8.8  $ 7.4 $  6.6
Engineering (2) ...........................................................................................................  
5.1
Total Engineering, Research and Development .......................................................   $ 12.7 $ 12.4 $ 11.7
____________
(1) Research and Development expense for 2007 and 2006 include stock-based compensation expense 

5.0  

  2007 

  2006 

3.9

of $0.4 million and $0.4 million, respectively. 

(2)  Engineering costs are included in SG&A.  

Environmental Matters

Many of our products are subject to various federal, state, local and international laws governing chemical 
substances in products, including laws regulating the manufacture and distribution of chemical 
substances and laws restricting the presence of certain substances in electronics products. We could 
incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions, third-party damage or 
personal injury claims, if we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws or if our products 
become non-compliant with environmental laws. We also face increasing complexity in our product 
design and procurement operations as we adjust to new and future requirements relating to the materials 
composition of our products. 

We also could face significant costs and liabilities in connection with product take-back legislation. The 
European Union (the “EU”) enacted the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive, which 
makes producers of electrical goods, including computers and printers, financially responsible for 
specified collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of past and future covered products. During 2007 
the majority of our European subsidiaries became WEEE compliant. Our Italian subsidiary became 
compliant in February 2008. Similar legislation has been or may be enacted in other jurisdictions, 
including in the United States, Canada, Mexico, China and Japan. 

We believe that we have materially complied with all currently existing international and domestic federal, 
state and local statutes and regulations regarding environmental standards and occupational safety and 
health matters to which we are subject. During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the 
amounts incurred in complying with federal, state and local statutes and regulations pertaining to 
environmental standards and occupational safety and health laws and regulations did not materially affect 
our earnings or financial condition. However, future events, such as changes in existing laws and 
regulations or enforcement policies, may give rise to additional compliance costs that could have a 
material adverse effect upon our capital expenditures, earnings or financial condition. 

7

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

9

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

Employees

At December 31, 2007, we employed 397 employees, of whom 136 work in engineering and research 
and development, 68 in sales and marketing, 78 in consumer service and support, 44 in operations and 
warehousing and 71 are executive and administrative staff. None of our employees are subject to a 
collective bargaining agreement or represented by a union. We consider our employee relations to be 
good.

International Operations

Financial information relating to our international operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 
2006 and 2005 is included in “ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA-Notes 
to Consolidated Financial Statements-Note 19”. 

Available Information

Our Internet address is www.uei.com. We make available free of charge through the website our annual 
report on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current reports on Form 8-K and any 
amendments to these reports as soon as reasonably practical after we electronically file such reports with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission. These reports can be found on our website at www.uei.com 
under the caption “SEC Filings” on the Investor page. Investors can also obtain copies of our SEC filings 
from the SEC website at www.sec.gov. 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Forward Looking Statements

We caution that the following important factors, among others (including but not limited to factors 
discussed below in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations,” as well as those factors discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, or in our 
other reports filed from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission), could affect our 
actual results and could contribute to or cause our actual consolidated results to differ materially from 
those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. The factors included here are not exhaustive. 
Further, any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which such statement is made, and 
we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances 
after the date on which such statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. New 
factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all such factors, nor can 
we assess the impact of each such factor on the business or the extent to which any factor, or 
combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-
looking statements. Therefore, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as a prediction of 
actual future results. 

While we believe that the forward looking statements made in this report are based on reasonable 
assumptions, the actual outcome of such statements is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, 
including the failure of our markets to continue growing and expanding in the manner we anticipated; the 
failure of our customers to grow and expand as we anticipated; the effects of natural or other events 
beyond our control, including the effect a war or terrorist activities may have on us or the economy; the 
economic environment’s effect on us or our customers; the growth of, acceptance of and the demand for 
our products and technologies in various markets and geographical regions, including cable, satellite, 
consumer electronics, retail, digital media/technology, CEDIA, interactive TV, automotive, and cellular 
industries not materializing or growing as we believed; our inability to add profitable complementary 
products which are accepted by the marketplace; our inability to continue to maintain our operating costs 
at acceptable levels through our cost containment efforts; our inability to realize tax benefits from various 
tax projects initiated from time to time; our inability to maintain the strength of our balance sheet; our 
inability to continue selling our products or licensing our technologies at higher or profitable margins; our 
inability to obtain orders or maintain our order volume with new and existing customers; the possible 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

0
1

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

dilutive effect our stock option program may have on our earnings per share and stock price; our inability 
to continue to obtain adequate quantities of component parts or secure adequate factory production 
capacity on a timely basis; and other factors listed from time to time in our press releases and filings with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

Dependence upon Key Suppliers

During 2007, three sources, Computime, C.G. Development and Samsung, each provided over ten 
percent (10%) of our total inventory purchases. Purchases from these suppliers collectively amounted to 
$100.7 million, or 63.2%, of total inventory purchases during 2007. Purchases with the same suppliers 
collectively amounted to $66.1 million and $49.8 million, representing 48.7% and 47.6%, of total inventory 
purchases in 2006 and 2005, respectively. In 2006, two other suppliers provided over 10% of our 
inventory purchases. These two suppliers collectively provided $28.1 million or 20.7% of our total 
inventory purchases in 2006. 

Most of the components used in our products are available from multiple sources. However, we have 
elected to purchase integrated circuits, used principally in our wireless control products, from two sources, 
Freescale and Samsung. We generally maintain inventories of our integrated chips, which could be used 
in part to mitigate, but not eliminate, delays resulting from supply interruptions. 

In addition, we have identified alternative sources of supply for our integrated circuit, component parts, 
and finished goods needs; however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to obtain 
these inventory purchases on a timely basis. Any extended interruption, shortage or termination in the 
supply of any of the components used in our products, or a reduction in their quality or reliability, or a 
significant increase in prices of components, would have an adverse effect on our business, results of 
operations and cash flows. 

Dependence on Foreign Manufacturing

Third-party manufacturers located in Asia manufacture a majority of our products. Our arrangements with 
our foreign manufacturers are subject to the risks of doing business abroad, such as tariffs, environmental 
and trade restrictions, intellectual property protection and enforcement, export license requirements, work 
stoppages, political and social instability, economic and labor conditions, foreign currency exchange rate 
fluctuations, and other factors, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of 
operations and cash flows. We believe that the loss of any one or more of our manufacturers would not 
have a long-term material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and cash flows, because 
numerous other manufacturers are available to fulfill our requirements; however, the loss of any of our 
major manufacturers could adversely affect our business until alternative manufacturing arrangements 
are secured. 

Potential Fluctuations in Quarterly Results

Historically, our business has been influenced by the retail sales cycle, with increased sales in the last 
half of the year and the largest proportion of sales occurring in the last quarter. However, during 2007, 
sales in the first half of the year exceeded sales in the second half of the year. This was primarily due to 
the increased demand in the first and second quarters of 2007 from cable customers in an effort to meet 
the July 1, 2007 OCAP standards deadline in the United States. While we expect the sales cycle to return 
to its historical pattern in 2008, factors, such as those we experienced during 2007 could cause our sales 
cycles to deviate from historical patterns. Such factors, including quarterly variations in financial results, 
could have a material adverse affect on the volatility and market price of our common stock. 

We may from time to time increase our operating expenses to fund greater levels of research and 
development, sales and marketing activities, development of new distribution channels, improvements in 
our operational and financial systems and development of our customer support capabilities, and to 
support our efforts to comply with various government regulations. To the extent such expenses precede 
or are not subsequently followed by increased revenues, our business, operating results, financial 
condition and cash flows will be adversely affected. 

9

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

1
1

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

In addition, we may experience significant fluctuations in future quarterly operating results that may be 
caused by many other factors, including demand for our products, introduction or enhancement of 
products by us and our competitors, the loss or acquisition of any significant customers, market 
acceptance of new products, price reductions by us or our competitors, mix of distribution channels 
through which our products are sold, product or supply constraints, level of product returns, mix of 
customers and products sold, component pricing, mix of international and domestic revenues, foreign 
currency exchange rate fluctuations and general economic conditions. In addition, as a strategic response 
to changes in the competitive environment, we may from time to time make certain pricing or marketing 
decisions or acquisitions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations 
or financial condition. As a result, we believe period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations 
are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. 

Due to all of the foregoing factors, it is possible that in some future quarters our operating results will be 
below the expectations of public market analysts and investors. If this happens the price of our common 
stock may be materially adversely affected. 

Dependence on Consumer Preference

We are susceptible to fluctuations in our business based upon consumer demand for our products. In 
addition, we cannot guarantee that increases in demand for our products associated with increases in the 
deployment of new technology will continue. We believe that our success depends on our ability to 
anticipate, gauge and respond to fluctuations in consumer preferences. However, it is impossible to 
predict with complete accuracy the occurrence and effect of fluctuations in consumer demand over a 
product’s life cycle. Moreover, we caution that any growth in revenues that we achieve may be transitory 
and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. 

Demand for Consumer Service and Support

We have continually provided domestic and international consumer service and support to our customers 
to add overall value and to help differentiate us from our competitors. We continually review our service 
and support group and are marketing our expertise in this area to other potential customers. There can be 
no assurance that we will be able to attract new customers in the future. 

In addition, certain of our products have more features and are more complex than others and therefore 
require more end-user technical support. In some instances, we rely on distributors or dealers to provide 
the initial level of technical support to the end-users. We provide the second level of technical support for 
bug fixes and other issues at no additional charge. Therefore, as the mix of our products includes more of 
these complex product lines, support costs could increase, which would have an adverse effect on our 
financial condition and results of operations. 

Dependence Upon Timely Product Introduction

Our ability to remain competitive in the wireless control and audio/video accessory products market will 
depend considerably upon our ability to successfully identify new product opportunities, as well as 
develop and introduce these products and enhancements on a timely and cost effective basis. There can 
be no assurance that we will be successful at developing and marketing new products or enhancing our 
existing products, or that these new or enhanced products will achieve consumer acceptance and, if 
achieved, will sustain that acceptance. In addition, there can be no assurance that products developed by 
others will not render our products non-competitive or obsolete or that we will be able to obtain or 
maintain the rights to use proprietary technologies developed by others which are incorporated in our 
products. Any failure to anticipate or respond adequately to technological developments and customer 
requirements, or any significant delays in product development or introduction, could have a material 
adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

2
1

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

In addition, the introduction of new products may require significant expenditures for research and 
development, tooling, manufacturing processes, inventory and marketing. In order to achieve high volume 
production of any new product, we may have to make substantial investments in inventory and expand 
our production capabilities. 

Dependence on Major Customers

The economic strength and weakness of our worldwide customers affect our performance. We sell our 
wireless control products, audio/video accessory products, and proprietary technologies to private label 
customers, original equipment manufacturers, and companies involved in the subscription broadcasting 
industry. We also supply our products to our wholly owned, non-U.S. subsidiaries and to independent 
foreign distributors, who in turn distribute our products worldwide, with Europe, Asia, South Africa, 
Australia, and Argentina currently representing our principal foreign markets. 

In each of the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, we had sales to one customer, Comcast, 
that amounted to more than 10% of our net sales for the year. In addition, in each of these years, we had 
sales to DirecTV and its sub-contractors, that when combined, exceeded 10% of our net sales. The loss 
of either of these customers or of any other key customer, either in the United States or abroad or our 
inability to maintain order volume with these customers, may have an adverse effect on our financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

Internal Investments

We employ a small number of personnel to develop and market additional products that are part of the 
Nevo® platform as well as products that are based on the Zigbee, Z-Wave® and other radio frequency 
technology. Even after these hires, we continue to use outside resources to assist us in the development 
of these products. While we believe that such outside services should continue to be available to us, if 
they cease to be available, the development of these products could be substantially delayed. 

Competition

The wireless control industry is characterized by intense competition based primarily on product 
availability, price, speed of delivery, ability to tailor specific solutions to customer needs, quality, and 
depth of product lines. Our competition is fragmented across our products, and, accordingly, we do not 
compete with any one company across all product lines. We compete with a variety of entities, some of 
which have greater financial resources. Our ability to remain competitive in this industry depends in part 
on our ability to successfully identify new product opportunities, develop and introduce new products and 
enhancements on a timely and cost effective basis, as well as our ability to successfully identify and enter 
into strategic alliances with entities doing business within the industries we serve. There can be no 
assurance that our product offerings will be, and/or remain, competitive or that strategic alliances, if any, 
will achieve the type, extent, and amount of success or business that we expect them to achieve. The 
sales of our products and technology may not occur or grow in the manner we expect, and thus we may 
not recoup costs incurred in the research and development of these products as quickly as we expect, if 
at all. 

Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights

The procedures by which we identify, document and file for patent, trademark, and copyright protection 
are based solely on engineering and management judgment, with no assurance that a specific filing will 
be issued, or if issued, will deliver any lasting value to us. Because of the rapid innovation of products and 
technologies that is characteristic of our industry, there is no assurance that rights granted under any 
patent will provide competitive advantages to us or will be adequate to safeguard and maintain our 
proprietary rights. Moreover, the laws of certain countries in which our products are or may be 
manufactured or sold may not offer protection on such products and associated intellectual property to 
the same extent that the U.S. legal system may offer. 

11

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In our opinion, our intellectual property holdings as well as our engineering, production, and marketing 
skills and the experience of our personnel are of equal importance to our market position. We further 
believe that none of our businesses are materially dependent upon any single patent, copyright, 
trademark, or trade secret. 

Some of our products include or use technology and/or components of third parties. While it may be 
necessary in the future to seek or renew licenses relating to various aspects of such products, we believe 
that, based upon past experience and industry practice, such licenses generally could be obtained on 
commercially reasonable terms; however, there is no guarantee that such licenses could be obtained on 
such terms or at all. Because of technological changes in the wireless and home control industry, current 
extensive patent coverage, and the rapid rate of issuance of new patents, it is possible certain 
components of our products and business methods may unknowingly infringe upon the patents of others. 

Effectiveness of Our Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting 

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we are required to include in our Annual 
Report on Form 10-K our assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. 
Furthermore, our independent registered public accounting firm is required to audit our internal controls 
over financial reporting and separately report on whether it believes we maintain, in all material respects, 
effective internal controls over financial reporting. Although we believe that we currently have adequate 
internal controls procedures in place, we cannot be certain that future material changes to our internal 
controls over financial reporting will be effective. If we cannot adequately maintain the effectiveness of our 
internal controls over financial reporting, we might be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory 
authorities, such as the Securities and Exchange Commission. Any such action could adversely affect our 
financial results and the market price of our common stock. 

Potential for Litigation

Changes in Accounting Rules

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

3
1

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

As is typical in our industry and for the nature and kind of business in which we are engaged, from time to 
time various claims, charges and litigation are asserted or commenced by third parties against us or by us 
against third parties, arising from or related to product liability, infringement of patent or other intellectual 
property rights, breach of warranty, contractual relations or employee relations. The amounts claimed 
may be substantial, but they may not bear any reasonable relationship to the merits of the claims or the 
extent of any real risk of court awards assessed against us or in our favor. 

Risks of Conducting Business Internationally

Risks of doing business internationally could adversely affect our sales, operations, earnings and cash 
flows due to a variety of factors, including, but not limited to: 

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

changes  in  a  country’s  or  region’s  economic  or  political  conditions,  including  inflation,  recession, 
interest rate fluctuations and actual or anticipated military conflicts; 

currency  fluctuations  affecting  sales,  particularly  in  the  Euro  and  British  Pound,  which  contribute  to 
variations  in  sales  of  products  and  services  in  impacted  jurisdictions  and  also  affect  our  reported 
results expressed in U.S. dollars; 

currency fluctuations affecting costs, particularly the Euro, British Pound and the Chinese Yuan, which 
contribute to variances in costs in impacted jurisdictions and also affect our reported results expressed 
in U.S. dollars; 

longer accounts receivable cycles and financial instability among customers; 

trade regulations and procedures and actions affecting production, pricing and marketing of products; 

local labor conditions, customs, and regulations;  

changes in the regulatory or legal environment;  

• differing technology standards or customer requirements;  

•

import,  export  or  other  business  licensing  requirements  or  requirements  related  to  making  foreign 
direct investments, which could affect our ability to obtain favorable terms for components or lead to 
penalties or restrictions; 

• difficulties  associated  with  repatriating  cash  generated  or  held  abroad  in  a  tax-efficient  manner  and 

changes in tax laws; 

•

fluctuations in freight costs and disruptions at important geographic points of exit and entry. 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

4
1

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 
These principles are subject to interpretation by various governing bodies, including the FASB and the 
SEC, who create and interpret appropriate accounting standards. A change from current accounting 
standards could have a significant adverse effect on our results of operations. 

Unanticipated Changes in Tax Provisions or Income Tax Liabilities 

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Our tax liabilities 
are affected by the amounts we charge for inventory and other items in intercompany transactions. From 
time to time, we are subject to tax audits in various jurisdictions. Tax authorities may disagree with our 
intercompany charges or other matters and assess additional taxes. We assess the likely outcomes of 
these audits in order to determine the appropriateness of the tax provision. However, there can be no 
assurance that we will accurately predict the outcomes of these audits, and the actual outcomes of these 
audits could have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In 
addition, our effective tax rate in the future could be adversely affected by changes in the mix of earnings 
in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, 
changes in tax laws and the discovery of new information in the course of our tax return preparation 
process. Furthermore, our tax provisions could be adversely affected as a result of any new interpretative 
accounting guidance related to accounting for uncertain tax positions. 

General Economic Conditions

General economic conditions, both domestic and international, have an impact on our business and 
financial results. The global economy remains uncertain. As a result, individuals and companies may 
delay or reduce expenditures. Weak global economic conditions and/or softness in the consumer, 
subscription broadcasting, and/or OEM channels could result in lower demand for our products, resulting 
in lower sales, earnings and cash flows. 

Environmental Matters

Many of our products are subject to various federal, state, local and international laws governing chemical 
substances in products, including laws regulating the manufacture and distribution of chemical 
substances and laws restricting the presence of certain substances in electronics products. With the 
passage of the European Union’s Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive, which makes producers 
of electrical goods responsible for collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of recovered products, 
similar restrictions in China effective March 2007 and the European Union’s Waste Electrical and 
Electronic Equipment Directive, we could face significant costs and liabilities in complying with these and 
new laws and regulations or enforcement policies that could have a material adverse effect upon our 
capital expenditures, earnings or financial condition. 

13

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

5
1

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

Leased Property

We lease all of the properties used in our business. We can give no assurance that we will enter into new 
or renewal leases, or that, if entered into, the new lease terms will be similar to the existing terms or that 
the terms of any such new or renewal leases will not have a significant and material adverse effect on our 
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

Technology Changes in Wireless Control

We currently derive substantial revenue from the sale of wireless remote controls based on infrared (“IR”) 
technology. Other control technologies exist or could be developed that could compete with IR. In 
addition, we develop and maintain our own database of IR and RF codes. There are several competing 
IR and RF libraries offered by companies that we compete with in the marketplace. The advantage that 
we may have compared to our competitors is difficult to measure. If other wireless control technology 
gains acceptance and starts to be integrated into home electronics devices currently controlled through 
our IR remote controllers, demand for our products may decrease, resulting in decreased revenue, 
earnings and cash flow. 

Failure to Recruit, Hire, and Retain Key Personnel 

Our ability to achieve growth in the future will depend, in part, on our success at recruiting, hiring, and 
retaining highly skilled engineering, managerial, operational, sales and marketing personnel. In addition, 
our corporate office, including our advance technology engineering group, is based in Southern 
California. The high cost of living in Southern California makes it difficult to attract talent from outside the 
region and may also put pressure on overall employment related expense. Additionally, our competitors 
seek to recruit and hire the same key personnel. Therefore, if we fail to stay competitive in salary and 
benefits within the industry it may negatively impact our ability to hire and retain key personnel. The 
inability to recruit, hire, and retain qualified personnel in a timely manner, or the loss of any key 
personnel, could make it difficult to meet key objectives, such as timely and effective product 
introductions. 

Credit Facility

We amended our Credit Facility in August 2006 by extending our credit facility for an additional three 
years. Presently, we have no borrowings under this facility; however, we cannot make any assurances 
that we will not need to borrow amounts under this facility or that this facility will continue to be extended 
and thus available to us if we need to borrow. If this or any other credit facility is not available to us at a 
time when we need to borrow, we would have to use our cash reserves which could have a material 
adverse effect on our earnings, cash flow and financial position. 

Change in Competition and Pricing

We rely on third-party manufacturers to build our universal wireless control products, based on our 
extensive IR code library and patented technology. Price is always an issue in winning and retaining 
business. If customers become increasingly price sensitive, new competition could arise from 
manufacturers who decide to go into direct competition with us or from current competitors who perform 
their own manufacturing. If such a trend develops, we could experience downward pressure on our 
pricing or lose sales, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of 
operations. 

Transportation Costs; Impact of Oil Prices

We ship products from our foreign manufacturers via ocean and air transport. It is sometimes difficult to 
forecast swings in demand or delays in production and, as a result, products may be shipped via air 
which is more costly than ocean shipments. Often, we typically cannot recover the increased cost of air 

freight from our customers. Additionally, tariffs and other export fees may be incurred to ship products 
from foreign manufacturers to the customer. The inability to predict swings in demand or delays in 
production can increase the cost of freight which could have a material adverse effect on our product 
margins. 

In addition, we have an exposure to oil prices in two forms. The first is in the prices of the oil-based 
materials that we use in our products, which are primarily the plastics and other components that we 
include in our finished products. The second is in the cost of delivery and freight, which would be passed 
on by the carriers that we use in the form of higher rates. We record freight-in as a cost of sales, and 
freight-out in operating expenses. Rising oil prices may have an adverse effect on cost of sales and 
operating expenses. 

Proprietary Technologies 

We produce highly complex products that incorporate leading-edge technology, including hardware, 
firmware, and software. Firmware and software may contain bugs that can unexpectedly interfere with 
operations. There can be no assurance that our testing programs will detect all defects in individual 
products or defects that could affect numerous shipments. The presence of defects may harm customer 
satisfaction, reduce sales opportunities, or increase returns. An inability to cure or repair a product defect 
could result in the failure of a product line, temporary or permanent withdrawal from a product or market, 
damage to our reputation, increased inventory costs, or product reengineering expenses, any of which 
could have a material impact on our revenues, margins and net income. 

Strategic Business Transactions

We may, from time to time, pursue strategic alliances, joint ventures, business acquisitions, products or 
technologies (“strategic business transactions”) that complement or expand our existing operations, 
including those that could be material in size and scope. Strategic business transactions involve many 
risks, including the diversion of management’s attention away from day-to-day operations. There is also 
the risk that we will not be able to successfully integrate the strategic business transaction with our 
operations, personnel, customer base, products or technologies. Such strategic business transactions 
could also have adverse short-term effects on our operating results, and could result in dilutive issuances 
of equity securities, the incurrence of debt, and the loss of key employees. In addition, these strategic 
business transactions are generally subject to specific accounting guidelines that may adversely affect 
our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. For instance, business acquisitions must be 
accounted for as purchases and, because most technology-related acquisitions involve the purchase of 
significant intangible assets, these acquisitions typically result in substantial amortization charges and 
charges for acquired research and development projects, which could have a material adverse effect on 
our results of operations. There can be no assurance that any such strategic business transactions will 
occur or, if such transactions do occur, that the integration will be successful or that the customer bases, 
products or technologies will generate sufficient revenue to offset the associated costs or effects. 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

We have no unresolved staff comments as of the date of filing this Form 10-K.  

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

6
1

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

15

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

7
1

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our corporate headquarters is located in Cypress, California. We utilize the following office and 
warehouse facilities: 

Location 

Purpose or Use 

Cypress, California...........   Corporate headquarters, engineering,

research and development 

 Square 
  Feet 
30,768

Twinsburg, Ohio ...............   Consumer and customer call center 

21,509

Status 
Leased, expires January 
31, 2012 

Leased, expires May 30, 
2011

Enschede, Netherlands....  

International headquarters and call 
center 

18,292

Leased, expires August 
31, 2008 

San Mateo, California.......   Engineering, research and 

  9,000  Leased, expires July 31, 

development 

2008

In addition to the facilities listed above, we lease space in various international locations, primarily for use 
as sales offices. Furthermore, in order to support the growth of our company, during 2007 we made 
renovations to expand our corporate headquarters. We expect renovations to be completed in the first 
quarter of 2008. Our leases for the San Mateo and Enschede offices expire in July 2008 and August 
2008, respectively. We plan to renew our leases; however, there can be no assurance that we will renew 
or that our offer to renew will be accepted. 

See “ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA — Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements — Note 13” for additional information regarding our obligations under leases. 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In 2002, one of our subsidiaries (One For All S.A.S.) brought an action against a former distributor of the 
subsidiary’s products seeking a recovery of accounts receivable. The distributor filed a counterclaim 
against our subsidiary seeking payment for amounts allegedly owed for administrative and other services 
rendered by the distributor for our subsidiary. In January 2005, the parties agreed to include in that action 
all claims between the distributor and two of our other subsidiaries, Universal Electronics BV and One For 
All Iberia SL. As a result, the single action covers all claims and counterclaims between the various 
parties. The parties further agreed that, before any judgment is paid, all disputes between the various 
parties would be concluded. These additional claims involve nonpayment for products and damages 
resulting from the alleged wrongful termination of agency agreements. On March 15, 2005, the court in 
one of the litigation matters brought by the distributor against one of our subsidiaries, rendered judgment 
against our subsidiary and awarded damages and costs to the distributor in the amount of approximately 
$102,000. The amount of this judgment was charged to operations during the second quarter of 2005 and 
has been paid. With respect to the remaining matters before the court, we are awaiting the expert to 
finalize and file his pre-trial report with the court and when completed, we will respond. Management is 
unable to estimate the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome, and the amount of loss, if any, in the case of 
an unfavorable outcome. 

On February 7, 2008, we filed suit against Gibson Audio, a Division of Gibson Guitar Corp., and Gibson 
Musical Instruments, Inc. seeking payment of the remaining balance of a minimum royalty fee due us 
under a software agreement. The Gibson companies answered our complaint with a general denial of all 
of our allegations. Also, as is typical, the Gibson companies counterclaimed that we breached various 
aspects of the software agreement and that they are seeking unspecified damages. We disagree 
vigorously with their denials of liability and with their counterclaims and will continue to pursue this matter. 
Since, however, no discovery has commenced, at this time, we are unable to estimate the likely outcome 
of this matter and the amount, if any, of recovery of the balance due us. 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

8
1

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

There are no other material pending legal proceedings, other than litigation that is incidental to the 
ordinary course of our business, to which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party or of which our 
respective property is the subject. We do not believe that any of the claims made against us in any of the 
pending matters have merit and we intend to vigorously defend ourselves against them. 

We maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance which insures our individual directors and officers 
against certain claims such as those alleged in the above lawsuits, as well as attorney’s fees and related 
expenses incurred in connection with the defense of such claims. 

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year through 
the solicitation of proxies or otherwise. 

Executive Officers of the Registrant(1)

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers as of March 13, 2008: 

Age

Name 
Paul D. Arling ..................................    45  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer 
Paul J.M. Bennett............................
Mark S. Kopaskie ............................
Richard A. Firehammer, Jr. .............    50  Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary 
Bryan M. Hackworth........................    38  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
____________
(1)

 52  Executive Vice President, Managing Director, Europe 
 50  Executive Vice President, General Manager U.S. Operations 

Included pursuant to Instruction 3 to Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K.  

Position 

Paul D. Arling is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. He joined us in May 1996 as Chief Financial 
Officer and was named to our Board of Directors in August of 1996. He was appointed President and 
COO in September 1998, was promoted to Chief Executive Officer in October of 2000 and appointed as 
Chairman in July 2001. At the 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, Mr. Arling was re-elected as our 
Chairman to serve until the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. From 1993 through May 1996, he 
served in various capacities at LESCO, Inc. (a manufacturer and distributor of professional turf care 
products). Prior to LESCO, he worked for Imperial Wall coverings (a manufacturer and distributor of wall 
covering products) as Director of Planning, and The Michael Allen Company (a strategic management 
consulting company) where he was employed as a management consultant. 

Paul J.M. Bennett is our Executive Vice President and Managing Director, Europe. He was our Managing 
Director and Senior Vice President, Managing Director, Europe from July 1996 to December 2006. He 
was promoted to his current position in December 2006. Prior to joining us, he held various positions at 
Philips Consumer Electronics over a seven year period, first as Product Marketing Manager for the 
Accessories Product Group, initially set up to support Philip’s Audio division, and then as head of that 
division.

Mark S. Kopaskie is our Executive Vice President and General Manager, U.S. Operations. He rejoined us 
in September 2006 as our Senior Vice President and General Manager, U.S. Operations and was 
promoted to his current position in December 2006. He was our Executive Vice President and Chief 
Operating Officer from 1995 to 1997. From 2003 until November, 2005, Mr. Kopaskie was President and 
Chief Executive Officer of Packaging Advantage Corporation (PAC), a personal care and household 
products manufacturer, which was acquired by Marietta Corporation in November 2005. Following the 
acquisition, he served as Senior Vice President, Business Development for Marietta Corporation. From 
1997 to 2003, he held senior management positions at Birdair Inc., a world leader in the engineering, 
manufacturing, and construction of tensioned membrane structures, and OK International, a manufacturer 
and marketer of fluid dispensing equipment, solder and de-solder systems, and wire wrap products. Prior 
to joining us in 1995, Mr. Kopaskie was Senior Vice President of Operations at Mr. Coffee Inc. 

17

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Richard A. Firehammer, Jr., Esq. has been our Senior Vice President since February 1999. He has been 
our General Counsel since October 1993 and Secretary since February 1994. He was our Vice President 
from May 1997 until August 1998. He was outside counsel to us from September 1998 until being rehired 
in February 1999. From November 1992 to September 1993, he was associated with the Chicago, Illinois 
law firm, Shefsky & Froelich, Ltd. From 1987 to 1992, he was with the law firm, Vedder, Price, Kaufman & 
Kammholz in Chicago, Illinois. 

Bryan M. Hackworth is our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. He was promoted from 
Chief Accounting Officer in August 2006. Mr. Hackworth joined us in June 2004 as Corporate Controller 
and subsequently assumed the role of Chief Accounting Officer in May 2006. Before joining us in 2004, 
he spent five years at Mars, Inc., a privately held international manufacturer and distributor of consumer 
products and served in several financial and strategic roles (Controller — Ice Cream Division; Strategic 
Planning Manager for the WHISKAS ® Brand) and various other financial management positions. Prior to 
joining Mars Inc., Mr. Hackworth spent six years at Deloitte & Touche LLP as an auditor, specializing in 
the manufacturing and retail industries. 

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER 
MATTERS

Our common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol UEIC. The closing 
price of our common stock as reported by NASDAQ on March 11, 2008 was $22.53. Our stockholders of 
record on March 11, 2008 numbered approximately 71. We have never paid cash dividends on our 
common stock, nor do we intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable 
future. We intend to retain our earnings, if any, for the future operation and expansion of our business. In 
addition, the terms of our revolving credit facility limit our ability to pay cash dividends on our common 
stock. See “ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS-Liquidity and Capital Resources” and “ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA-Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements-Note 7.” 

There were no unregistered sales of equity securities during 2007.  

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low reported sale prices for our 
common stock, as reported by NASDAQ: 

First Quarter ...........................................................................................  $ 29.89 $ 19.25  $ 18.50 $ 16.80
38.09   26.66    20.30   16.21
Second Quarter...................................................................................... 
39.33   25.20    19.73   16.45
Third Quarter.......................................................................................... 
38.50   31.29    22.25   18.45
Fourth Quarter........................................................................................ 

2007 

2006 

  High 

  Low 

  High 

  Low 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

9
1

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

0
2

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

The following table sets forth, for the fourth quarter, our total stock repurchases, average price paid per 
share and the maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under our plans or programs: 

Purchases of Equity Securities

  Total Number of 
Shares 
Purchased 

  Weighted Average 
Price Paid 
per Share 

  Total Number of 
Shares 
Purchased 
as Part of 
Publicly 
Announced 
Plans 
or Programs 

Maximum 
Number of 
  Shares that May 
Yet Be 
Purchased 
Under the 
Plans or 
Programs 

—    

109,200   $ 

40,800

150,000   $ 

—  

33.62 
34.86
33.96 

— 
—  
—
—

1,582,100
1,472,900
1,432,100

Period
10/1/07 - 10/31/07 ..................................  
11/1/07 - 11/30/07 ..................................  
12/1/07 - 12/31/07 ..................................  
Total during fourth quarter.................  

During the year ended December 31, 2006 our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of 2.0 
million shares of outstanding common stock under an ongoing systematic program to manage the dilution 
created by shares issued under employee stock plans. During the year ended December 31, 2007, we 
repurchased 471,300 shares for $14.5 million. As of December 31, 2007, we have 1,432,100 shares 
available for repurchase under the program. 

ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected historical consolidated financial information as of December 31, 2007 and 
December 31, 2006, and for each of the three years ended December 31, 2007 have been derived from 
and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto 
included elsewhere in this report. The selected historical consolidated financial information as of 
December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003 and for the two years ended December 
31, 2004 have been derived from our audited financial statements, which are not included in this report. 

(in thousands, except per share data) 
Net sales...........................................................   $  272,680
26,451
Operating income .............................................   $ 
Net income .......................................................   $ 
20,230
Earnings per share: 

2007 

Year Ended December 31, 
2005 

2006 

2004 

2003 

$  235,846 
18,517 
$ 
13,520 
$ 

$  181,349 
11,677 
$ 
9,701 
$ 

$  158,380 
13,540 
$ 
9,114 
$ 

$  120,468 
8,573 
$ 
6,267 
$ 

Basic............................................................   $ 
Diluted .........................................................   $

1.40
1.33

$ 
$ 

0.98 
0.94 

$ 
$ 

0.72 
0.69 

$ 
$ 

0.67 
0.65 

$ 
$ 

0.46 
0.45 

Shares used in calculating earnings per share: 
Basic............................................................  
Diluted .........................................................  
Cash dividend declared per common share ....  
Gross margin ....................................................  
Selling, general, administrative, research and 

14,410
15,177
— 
36.4%

13,818 
14,432 
— 
36.4%  

13,462 
13,992 
— 
37.0%  

13,567 
14,100 
— 
38.9%   

13,703 
14,007 
— 
38.4%

development expenses as a % of net sales...  
Operating margin..............................................  
Net income as a % of net sales........................  
Return on average assets ................................  
Working capital .................................................   $  140,330
Ratio of current assets to current liabilities ......  
4.0 
Total assets ......................................................   $  217,285
86,610 
Cash and cash equivalents ..............................   $ 
Long-term debt .................................................  
— 
Stockholders’ equity .........................................   $  168,242
Book value per share (a)....................................   $ 
11.55 
Ratio of liabilities to liabilities and 

26.7%  
9.7%  
7.4%  
10.2%  

28.5%  
7.9%
5.7%  
8.3%  

30.6%  
6.4%  
5.4%  
6.8%  

30.3%   
8.6%   
5.8%   
6.8%   

31.3%
7.1%
5.2%
5.5%

$  106,179 
3.4 
$  178,608 
66,075 
$ 
— 
$  134,217 
9.58 
$ 

$ 

77,201 
2.8 
$  146,319 
43,641 
$ 
— 
$  103,292 
7.63 
$ 

$ 

75,081 
3.1 
$  140,400 
42,472 
$ 
— 
$  103,881 
7.66 
$ 

$ 

82,191 
3.7 
$  126,167 
58,481 
$ 
— 
95,171 
6.89 

$ 
$ 

stockholders’ equity........................................  

22.6%  

24.9%

29.4%  

26.0%   

24.6%

_______________________________________________________ 

(a)   Book value per share is defined as stockholders’ equity divided by common shares issued, less treasury stock. 

The comparability of information between 2005 and 2004 with prior years is affected by the acquisition of 
SimpleDevices Inc. in the fourth quarter of 2004. 

19

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and 
the related notes that appear elsewhere in this document.

We intend for the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations to provide 
information that will assist in understanding our consolidated financial statements, the changes in certain 
key items in those financial statements from period to period, and the primary factors that accounted for 
those changes, as well as how certain accounting principles, policies and estimates affect our 
consolidated financial statements. 

Overview

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

1
2

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

We have developed a broad line of pre-programmed universal wireless control products and audio-video 
accessories that are marketed to enhance home entertainment systems. Our channels of distribution 
include international retail, U.S. retail, private label, OEMs, cable and satellite service providers, CEDIA 
(Custom Electronic Design and Installation Association) and companies in the computing industry. We 
believe that our universal remote control database contains device codes that are capable of controlling 
virtually all infrared remote (“IR”) controlled TVs, VCRs, DVD players, cable converters, CD players, audio 
components and satellite receivers, as well as most other infrared remote controlled devices worldwide. 

Beginning in 1986 and continuing today, we have compiled an extensive library that covers over 348,000 
individual device functions and over 3,300 individual consumer electronic equipment brand names. Our 
library is regularly updated with new IR codes used in newly introduced video and audio devices. All such 
IR codes are captured from the original manufacturer’s remote control devices or manufacturer’s 
specifications to ensure the accuracy and integrity of the database. We have also developed patented 
technologies that provide the capability to easily upgrade the memory of the wireless control device by 
adding IR codes from the library that were not originally included. 

Since the third quarter of 2006, we have been operating as one business segment. We have eleven 
operating subsidiaries located in Argentina, France, two in Germany, Hong Kong, Italy, the Netherlands, 
Singapore, Spain, India and the United Kingdom. 

To recap our results for 2007:  

•

•

revenue grew 15% from $235.8 million in 2006 to $272.7 million in 2007;  

full  year  2007  operating  income  grew  over  40%  to  $26.5  million,  representing  9.7%  operating 
margin from $18.5 million, representing 7.9% operating margin in 2006; 

• our growth in 2007 was the result of strong demand from the customers in our business category, 
due in part to the continuation of the upgrade cycle from analog to digital, consumer demand for 
advanced-function offerings from subscription broadcasters, and the mid-year deadline for OCAP 
compliance; and 

• 2007  capped  off  a  successful  three-year  period,  where  sales  during  this  period  grew  at  a 
compounded  rate  of  approximately  20%  and  earnings  per  share  grew  at  a  compounded  rate  of 
approximately 27%. 

Our strategic business objectives for 2008 include the following:  

•

increase our share with existing customers;  

• acquire new customers in historically strong regions;  

•

•

•

continue our expansion into new regions, Asia in particular;  

continue to develop industry-leading technologies and products; and  

continue to evaluate potential merger and acquisition opportunities that may enhance our business. 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

2
2

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States of America requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts 
of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial 
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-
going basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to revenue recognition, 
allowance for sales returns and doubtful accounts, warranties, inventory valuation, business combination 
purchase price allocations, our review for impairment of long-lived assets, intangible assets and goodwill, 
income taxes and stock-based compensation expense. Actual results may differ from these judgments 
and estimates, and they may be adjusted as more information becomes available. Any adjustment could 
be significant. 

An accounting policy is deemed to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on 
assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made, if different 
estimates reasonably could have been used, or if changes in the estimate that are reasonably likely to 
occur could materially impact the financial statements. Management believes the following critical 
accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our 
consolidated financial statements. 

Revenue recognition

We recognize revenue on the sale of products when delivery has occurred, there is persuasive evidence 
of an arrangement, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. 

We record a provision for estimated sales returns on product sales in the same period as the related 
revenues are recorded. These estimates are based on historical sales returns, analysis of credit memo 
data and other known factors. The provision recorded for estimated sales returns and allowances is 
deducted from gross sales to arrive at net sales in the period the related revenue is recorded. 

We accrue for discounts and rebates on product sales in the same period as the related revenues are 
recorded based on historical experience. Changes in such accruals may be required if future rebates and 
incentives differ from our estimates. Rebates and incentives are recognized as a reduction of sales if 
distributed in cash or customer account credits. Rebates and incentives are recognized as cost of sales if 
we provide products or services for payment. 

Sales allowances reduce gross accounts receivable to arrive at accounts receivable, net in the same 
period the related receivable is recorded. We have no obligations after delivery of our products other than 
the associated warranties. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting 
from the inability of our customers to make payments for products sold or services rendered. The 
allowance for doubtful accounts is based on a variety of factors, including historical experience, length of 
time receivables are past due, current economic trends and changes in customer payment behavior. 
Also, we record specific provisions for individual accounts when we become aware of a customer’s 
inability to meet its financial obligations to us, such as in the case of bankruptcy filings or deterioration in 
the customer’s operating results or financial position. If circumstances related to a customer change, our 
estimates of the recoverability of the receivables would be further adjusted, either upward or downward. 

21

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We generate service revenue, which is paid monthly, as a result of providing consumer support programs 
to some of our customers through our call centers. These service revenues are recognized when services 
are performed, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable 
and collectibility is reasonably assured. 

We also license our intellectual property including our patented technologies, trade secrets, trademarks 
and database of infrared codes. We record license revenue when our customers ship products 
incorporating our intellectual property, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is 
fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. 

When a sales arrangement contains multiple elements, such as software products, licenses and/or 
services, we allocate revenue to each element based on its relative fair value. The fair values for the 
multiple elements are determined based on vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), or the price 
charged when the element is sold separately. The residual method is utilized when VSOE exists for all 
the undelivered elements, but not for the delivered element. This is performed by allocating revenue to 
the undelivered elements (that have VSOE) and the residual revenue to the delivered elements. When 
the fair value for an undelivered element cannot be determined, we defer revenue for the delivered 
elements until the undelivered element is delivered. We limit the amount of revenue recognition for 
delivered elements to the amount that is not contingent on the future delivery of products or services or 
subject to customer-specified return or refund privileges. 

We account for revenue under software licensing arrangements involving significant production, 
modification or customization of software in accordance with SOP 81-1, “Accounting for Performance of 
Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts.” We recognize revenue and profit as work 
progresses on long-term, fixed price contracts using the percentage-of-completion method. When 
applying the percentage-of-completion method, we rely on estimates of total expected contract revenue 
and labor hours which are provided by our project managers. We follow this method because reasonably 
dependable estimates of the revenue and labor applicable to various stages of a contract can be made. 
Recognized revenue and profit are subject to revisions as the contract progresses to completion. 
Revisions to revenue and profit estimates are charged to income in the period in which the facts that give 
rise to the revision become known, and losses are accrued when identified. 

We have not made any material changes in our methodology for recognizing revenue during the past 
three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change 
in the estimates or assumptions we use to recognize revenue. However, if actual results are not 
consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be 
material.

Warranty

We warrant our products against defects in materials and workmanship arising during normal use. We 
service warranty claims directly through our customer service department or contracted third-party 
warranty repair facilities. Our warranty period ranges up to three years. We estimate and recognize 
product warranty costs, which are included in cost of sales, as we sell the related products. Warranty 
costs are forecasted based on the best available information, primarily historical claims experience and 
the expected cost per claim. 

We have not made any material changes in our warranty reserve methodology during the past three fiscal 
years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the 
estimates or assumptions we use to calculate the warranty reserve. However, actual claim costs may 
differ from the amounts estimated. If a significant product defect were to be discovered on a high volume 
product, our financial statements could be materially impacted. Historically, product defects have been 
less than 0.5% of the net units sold. 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

3
2

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

4
2

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

Inventories 

Our inventories consist of primarily wireless control devices and the related component parts, including 
integrated circuits, and are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in, 
first-out method. We write down our inventory for the estimated difference between the inventory’s cost 
and its estimated market value based upon our best estimates about future demand and market 
conditions.

We carry inventory in amounts necessary to satisfy our customers’ inventory requirements on a timely 
basis. We continually monitor our inventory status to control inventory levels and write-down any excess 
or obsolete inventories on hand. Our total excess and obsolete inventory reserve as of December 31, 
2007 and December 31, 2006 was approximately $1.8 million and $2.2 million, respectively, or 5.0% and 
7.6% of total inventory. 

We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to establish our excess 
and obsolete inventory reserve during the past three fiscal years. We do not believe there is reasonable 
likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we used to calculate 
our excess and obsolete inventory reserve. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those 
projected by management additional inventory write-downs may be required, which could have a material 
impact on our financial statements. Each 1% change in the ratio of excess and obsolete inventory reserve 
to inventory would impact cost of sales by approximately $370 thousand. Such circumstances could 
include, but are not limited to, the development of new competing technology that impedes the 
marketability of our products or the occurrence of significant price decreases in our component parts, 
such as integrated circuits. 

Business Combinations

We are required to allocate the purchase price of acquired companies to the tangible and intangible 
assets and the liabilities assumed, as well as in-process research and development (“IPRD”), based upon 
their estimated fair values. Such valuations require management to make significant fair value estimates 
and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. Management estimates the fair value of 
certain intangible assets by utilizing the following (but not limited to): 

•

future  free  cash  flow  from  customer  contracts,  customer  lists,  distribution  agreements,  acquired 
developed technologies, and patents; 

• expected  costs  to  develop  IPR&D  into  commercially  viable  products  and  cash  flows  from  the 

products once they are completed; 

• brand  awareness  and  market  position,  as  well  as  assumptions  regarding  the  period  of  time  the 

brand will continue to be used in our product portfolio and  

• discount rates utilized in discounted cash flow models. 

Our estimates are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable; however, unanticipated events or 
circumstances may occur which could affect the accuracy of our fair value estimates, including 
assumptions regarding industry economic factors and business strategies. 

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets and Intangible Assets

We assess long-lived and intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors considered important which could 
trigger an impairment review if significant include the following: 

• underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results; 

•

changes in the manner of use of the assets;  

23

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

5
2

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

•

changes in the strategy of our overall business;  

• negative industry or economic trends;  

• a decline in our stock price for a sustained period; and  

• a variance between our market capitalization relative to net book value. 

When we determine that the carrying value of a long-lived asset or an intangible asset may not be 
recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment we perform 
an impairment review. If the carrying value of the asset is larger than the undiscounted cash flows, the 
asset is impaired. We measure an impairment based on the projected discounted cash flow method using 
a discount rate determined by our management to be commensurate with the risk inherent in our current 
business model. In assessing the recoverability, we must make assumptions regarding estimated future 
cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the respective assets. 

We have not made any material changes in our impairment loss assessment methodology during the past 
three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change 
in the estimates or assumptions we use to calculate the impairment of long-lived assets and intangible 
assets. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions we may be 
exposed to material impairment charges. 

Goodwill

We evaluate the carrying value of goodwill as of December 31 of each year and between annual 
evaluations if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value 
of the reporting unit below its carrying amount. Such circumstances could include, but are not limited to: 
(1) a significant adverse change in legal factors or in business climate, (2) unanticipated competition or 
(3) an adverse action or assessment by a regulator. 

When performing the impairment review, we determine the carrying amount of each reporting unit by 
assigning assets and liabilities, including the existing goodwill, to those reporting units. A reporting unit is 
defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (referred to as a component). 
A component of an operating segment is deemed a reporting unit if the component constitutes a business 
for which discrete financial information is available, and segment management regularly reviews the 
operating results of that component. Our domestic and international operations are components and 
reporting units of our sole operating segment. 

To evaluate whether goodwill is impaired, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit to which the 
goodwill is assigned to the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill. We determine the fair 
value of each reporting unit using the present value of expected future cash flows for that reporting unit. If 
the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the amount of the impairment loss must be 
measured.

The impairment loss would be calculated by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill to its carrying 
amount. In calculating the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill, the present value of the 
reporting unit’s expected future cash flows is allocated to all of the other assets and liabilities of that unit 
based on their fair values. The excess of the present value of the reporting unit’s expected future cash 
flows over the amount assigned to its other assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An 
impairment loss would be recognized when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. 

We have not made any material changes in our impairment loss assessment methodology during the past 
three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change 
in the future estimates or assumptions we use to test for impairment losses on goodwill. However, if 
actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions we may be exposed to material 
impairment charges. 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

6
2

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

Income Taxes

We are periodically under audit by domestic and foreign taxing authorities. These audits include 
questions regarding tax filing positions we have taken, including the timing and amount of deductions of 
income among various tax jurisdictions. 

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we estimate our income taxes 
in each of the taxing jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating our actual current 
tax expense together with assessing any temporary differences resulting from the different treatment of 
certain items, such as the timing of expense recognition for tax and financial reporting purposes. These 
differences may result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our consolidated 
balance sheet. 

We are required to assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets, which include net operating loss 
carryforwards and temporary differences that are expected to be deductible in future years, will be 
recoverable from future taxable income or other tax planning strategies. If recovery is not likely, we must 
provide a valuation allowance based on our estimates of future taxable income in the various taxing 
jurisdictions and the amount of deferred taxes that are ultimately realizable. 

The provision for tax liabilities involves evaluations and judgments of uncertainties in the interpretation of 
complex tax regulations by various taxing authorities. Prior to January 1, 2007, in situations involving tax 
related uncertainties, we provided for tax liabilities when we believed such liabilities were probable under 
SFAS 5, “Accounting for Contingent Liabilities.” We adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation 48, 
“Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes- an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”) 
effective January 1, 2007. In accordance with the adoption of FIN 48, we evaluate our tax positions to 
determine if it is more likely than not that a tax position is sustainable, based on its technical merits. If a 
tax position does not meet the more likely than not standard, a full reserve is established against the tax 
asset or a liability is recorded. Additionally, for a position that is determined to, more likely than not, be 
sustainable, we measure the benefit at the greatest cumulative probability of being realized and establish 
a reserve or liability for the balance. 

Management believes that our estimates are reasonable; however, actual results may differ. A material 
change in our tax reserves could have a significant impact on our effective tax rate and our results. 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123R, “Share-
Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”) using the modified-prospective transition method. Stock-based 
compensation expense is presented in the same income statement line as cash compensation paid to the 
same employees or directors. During the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, we recorded $3.5 
million and $3.1 million, respectively, in pre-tax stock-based compensation expense. Included in SG&A 
stock-based compensation expense is $687 thousand and $353 thousand in pre-tax compensation 
expense related to stock awards granted to outside directors for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 
2006, respectively. The income tax benefit associated with stock-based compensation expense was $1.2 
million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. 

Prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for options granted under these plans using the recognition and 
measurement provisions of Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock 
Issued to Employees,” (“APB 25”) and related interpretations, as permitted by SFAS 123. Under the 
intrinsic-value method of APB 25, compensation cost is the excess, if any, of the quoted market price of 
the stock at the grant date over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock. We grant options 
with an exercise price equal to the market value of the common stock on the date of grant; therefore no 
compensation expense was recognized related to those options for the 2005 fiscal year. 

25

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation expense was included in the following for the years ended December 31, 
2007 and 2006: 

Results of Operations

(in thousands) 
26
Cost of sales ......................................................................................................................  $ 
370
Research and development ............................................................................................... 
Selling, general and administrative .................................................................................... 
  3,072   2,721
Total Stock-based compensation expense ........................................................................  $ 3,521 $ 3,117

31 $ 

418  

  2007 

  2006 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

7
2

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

During the year ended December 31, 2007, we granted 75,250 and 253,750 stock options to executive 
and non-executive employees, respectively. 

As of December 31, 2007, we expect to recognize $4.4 million of total unrecognized compensation 
expense related to non-vested employee stock options over a weighted-average life of 2.36 years. 

We issue restricted stock awards to the outside directors for services performed. Under SFAS No. 123R, 
compensation expense related to restricted stock awards is based on the fair value of the shares 
awarded as of the grant date. Compensation expense for the restricted stock awards is recognized on a 
straight-line basis over the requisite service period of one year. The fair value of non-vested shares is 
determined based on the average of the high and low trade prices of our company’s shares on the grant 
date. During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, we granted 25,000, 22,813 and 
20,000 shares, respectively. 

As of December 31, 2007, we expect to recognize $0.4 million of total unrecognized compensation 
expense related to non-vested restricted stock awards over a weighted-average life of six months. 

Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of share-based payment 
awards requires the utilization of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected life of the share-
based payment awards and stock price volatility. Management determined that historical volatility 
calculated based on our actively traded common stock is a better indicator of expected volatility and 
future stock price trends than implied volatility. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of 
share-based payment awards represent management’s best estimates, but these estimates involve 
inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. As a result, if factors change and 
we use different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the 
future. In addition, we are required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate and only recognize expense 
for those shares expected to vest. 

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future 
estimates or assumptions used to determine stock-based compensation expense. However, if actual 
results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions we may be exposed to material stock-
based compensation expense. For instance, if our actual forfeiture rate decreased by 1%, stock-based 
compensation expense would have increased by approximately $0.1 million, or 3.5% for the year ended 
December 31, 2007. 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

8
2

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

The following table sets forth our results of operations expressed as a percentage of net sales for the 
periods indicated. 

(in thousands) 
Net sales .......................................   $ 272,680   100.0% $ 235,846 
  149,970
Cost of sales .................................  
Gross profit....................................  
  85,876   
Research and development 

  63.6
36.4 

  173,329

99,351  

2007 

Year Ended December 31, 2007 
2006 

2005 

100.0%  $ 181,349    100.0%
  63.6
  114,222
36.4 

  63.0
37.0 

67,127   

expenses .....................................  

8,820  

3.2 

7,412   

3.1 

6,580   

3.6 

Selling, general and 

administrative expenses..............  
Operating income..........................  
Interest income..............................
Other income (expense), net.........  
Income before income taxes .........  
Provision for income taxes ............  
Net income ....................................

  64,080

26,451  
3,104  

7

29,562  
9,332

 $  20,230  

  59,947
  18,517   
1,401   
(498)

  23.5
9.7 
1.1 
  0.0
10.8 
  3.4
  7.4% $  13,520  

  19,420   
5,900

  48,870

11,677   
845   

  25.4
7.9 
0.5 
  (0.2)
8.2 
  2.5
  5.7%  $  9,701  

2,152
14,674   
4,973

  27.0
6.4 
0.5 
  1.2
8.1 
  2.7
  5.4%

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006

Consolidated

Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2007 were $272.7 million, an increase of 16% compared to 
$235.8 million for the same period last year. Net income for 2007 was $20.2 million or $1.40 per share 
(basic) and $1.33 per share (diluted) compared to $13.5 million or $0.98 per share (basic) and $0.94 per 
share (diluted) for 2006. 

2007 

2006 

 $ (millions) 

  % of total 

 $ (millions) 

  % of total 

Net sales: 

Business ......................................................................  
Consumer ....................................................................  
Total net sales..................................................................  

  $ 214.7  
58.0

75.8% 
  24.2%
  $ 272.7   100.0%   $ 235.8   100.0%

  $ 178.8 
57.0

78.7% 
  21.3%

Net sales in our Business lines (subscription broadcasting, OEM, and computing companies) were 
approximately 79% of net sales for 2007 compared to approximately 76% for 2006. Net sales in our 
business lines for 2007 increased by 20% to $214.7 million from $178.8 million in 2006. This increase in 
sales resulted primarily from an increase in the volume of remote control sales, which was partially offset 
by lower prices. The increase in remote control sales volume was attributable to the continued 
deployment of advanced function set-top boxes by the service operators and market share gains with a 
few key subscription broadcasting customers. These advanced functions include digital video recording 
(“DVR”), video-on-demand (“VOD”), and high definition television (“HDTV”). We expect that the 
deployment of the advanced function set-top boxes by the service operators will continue into the 
foreseeable future as penetration for each of the functions cited continues to increase. As a result, we 
expect Business category revenue to range between $232 and $248 million in 2008. 

Net sales in our Consumer lines (One For All® retail, private label, custom installers, and direct import) 
were approximately 21% of net sales for 2007 compared to approximately 24% for 2006. Net sales in our 
consumer lines for 2007 increased by 2% to $58.0 million, from $57.0 million in 2006. The increase in 
sales resulted primarily from our expanding presence in the custom electronic design & installation 
association (“CEDIA”) market. CEDIA sales increased by $1.5 million, or 47%, from 2006. Additionally, 
retail sales made outside of the United States increased by $0.7 million. These sales were positively 
impacted by the strengthening of both the Euro and the British Pound compared to the U.S. Dollar, which 
resulted in an increase in net sales of approximately $3.8 million. Net of this positive currency effect, retail 
sales outside of the United States were down by $3.1 million, primarily due to lower sales in the UK and 

27

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Australia. Partially offsetting these increases were United States direct import licensing and product 
revenues for 2007, which decreased by $0.9 million, or 44%, to $1.2 million in 2007, down from $2.1 
million in 2006. This was due to a decline in royalty revenue and a decline in the volume of Kameleon 
sales. Additionally, Private Label sales decreased by $0.3 million, or 9%, to $3.2 million in 2007 from $3.5 
million in 2006. This was due to a decline in the volume of Kameleon sales in the United States. We 
expect Consumer category revenue to range between $65 and $81 million in 2008. 

Gross profit for 2007 was $99.4 million compared to $85.9 million for 2006. Gross profit as a percent of 
sales for 2007 was 36.4%, which is comparable to 2006. The gross profit rate was positively impacted by 
the strengthening of both the Euro and British Pound compared to the U.S. Dollar, which resulted in an 
increase of approximately $3.6 million in gross profit, or an increase of 0.8% in the gross profit rate. A 
decrease in royalty expense of $1.4 million, due to lower sales of SKY-branded retail product in Europe, 
increased the gross profit rate by 0.7%. Offsetting the increases in the gross profit rate was an increase in 
freight and handling expense of $2.7 million in 2007 as compared to 2006, which reduced the gross profit 
rate by 0.8%. The increase in freight expense is due primarily to an increase in the percentage of units 
that were shipped by air; air freight is significantly more costly than ocean freight. Additionally, 
subscription broadcast sales, which generally have a lower gross profit rate as compared to our other 
sales, represented a larger percentage of our total business. The impact of this change in mix was a 0.7% 
reduction in the gross profit rate. 

Research and development expenses increased 19% from $7.4 million in 2006 to $8.8 million in 2007. 
The increase is primarily related to internal as well as third party costs associated with the continued 
expansion of the Nevo® platform and the development of products for sale in our subscription 
broadcasting, retail, and OEM channels. We expect that research and development expenses will range 
between $8.8 million and $9.4 million for the full year 2008. 

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 7% from $59.9 million in 2006 to $64.1 million in 
2007. Payroll and benefits increased by $2.6 million due to new hires and merit increases; the 
strengthening of both the Euro and British Pound compared to the U.S. Dollar resulted in an increase of 
$2.4 million; long-term incentive compensation increased by $1.0 million; delivery, freight, and handling 
costs increased by $0.7 million; additional travel resulted in an increase of $0.6 million; director’s fees and 
expenses increased by $0.4 million; and commission expense increased by $0.2 million. These items 
were partially offset by lower employee bonus expense, which decreased by $4.0 million. We expect that 
selling, general, and administrative expenses will range between $70.2 and $74.6 million for the full year 
2008.

In 2007, we recorded $3.1 million of net interest income compared to $1.4 million net for 2006. This 
increase is due to higher money market rates and a higher average cash balance. Net interest income will 
range between $3.0 and $4.0 million in 2008. 

In 2007, we had $7 thousand in other income, net as compared to $0.5 million of other expense, net for 
2006. Approximately $0.5 million of other expense in 2006 resulted from foreign currency losses. 

We recorded income tax expense of $9.3 million in 2007 compared to $5.9 million in 2006. Our effective 
tax rate was 31.6% in 2007 compared to 30.4% in 2006. The increase in our effective tax rate is due 
primarily to additional income earned in higher tax-rate jurisdictions. We estimate that our effective tax 
rate will range between 33% and 35% for the full year 2008. 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

9
2

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005 

Consolidated

Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2006 were $235.8 million, an increase of 30% compared to 
$181.3 million for the same period last year. Net income for 2006 was $13.5 million or $0.98 per share 
(basic) and $0.94 per share (diluted) compared to $9.7 million or $0.72 per share (basic) and $0.69 per 
share (diluted) for 2005. 

2006 

2005 

 $ (millions) 

  % of total 

 $ (millions) 

  % of total 

Net sales: 

Business ......................................................................  
Consumer ....................................................................  
Total net sales..................................................................  

  $ 178.8  
57.0

69.6% 
  30.4%
  $ 235.8   100.0%   $ 181.3   100.0%

  $ 126.2 
55.1

75.8% 
  24.2%

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

0
3

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

Net sales in our Business lines (subscription broadcasting, OEM, and computing companies) were 
approximately 76% of net sales for 2006 compared to approximately 70% for 2005. Net sales in our 
business lines for 2006 increased by 42% to $178.8 million from $126.2 million in 2005. This increase in 
sales resulted primarily from an increase in the volume of remote control sales, which was partially offset 
by lower prices. The increase in remote control sales volume was attributable to the continued 
deployment of advanced function set-top boxes by the service operators and market share gains with a 
few key subscription broadcasting customers. These advanced functions include digital video recording 
(“DVR”), video-on-demand (“VOD”), and high definition television (“HDTV”). 

Net sales in our Consumer lines (One For All® retail, private label, custom installers, and direct import) 
were approximately 24% of net sales for 2006 compared to approximately 30% for 2005. Net sales in our 
consumer lines for 2006 increased by 4% to $57.0 million, from $55.1 million in 2005. Retail sales outside 
North America and Europe increased by $1.2 million compared to 2005 due to a new distributor in 
Australia and strong sales in Argentina, Brazil and New Zealand. The increase in consumer lines net 
sales was also driven by the strengthening of both the Euro and the British Pound compared to the U.S. 
Dollar, which resulted in an increase in net sales of approximately $1.0 million. However, excluding the 
positive foreign exchange impact, the dollar amount of European Retail sales was constant, compared to 
the prior year. This increase in consumer lines net sales was also driven by our entry into the custom 
electronic design & installation association (“CEDIA”) market in the second quarter of 2005, as CEDIA 
sales increased by $0.8 million from 2005. Partially offsetting these increases was Private Label sales, 
which decreased by $0.5 million, or 12%, to $3.5 million in 2006 from $4.0 million in 2005. This was due 
to a decline in the volume of Kameleon sales in the United States. Additionally, United States direct 
import licensing and product revenues for 2006 decreased by $0.4 million or 16%, to $2.1 million in 2006 
from $2.5 million in 2005, due to a decline in royalty revenue. 

Gross profit for 2006 was $85.9 million compared to $67.1 million for 2005. Gross profit as a percent of 
sales for 2006 was 36.4% compared to 37.0% for 2005. The decrease in gross profit as a percentage of 
net sales was primarily attributable to subscription broadcast sales, which generally have a lower gross 
profit rate as compared to our other sales, representing a larger percentage of our total business. The 
impact of this change in mix was a 3.3% reduction in the gross profit rate. Partially offsetting this 
decrease in the gross profit rate was a reduction of $1.4 million of freight expense recorded in 2006 as 
compared to 2005. In 2006, there was a decrease in the percentage of units that were shipped by air. 
Lower freight expense contributed to a 1.2% increase in the gross profit rate. A reduction in inventory 
scrap expense of $0.9 million added 0.7% to the gross profit rate. Scrap expense has declined as 
inventory management has improved. Royalty expense increased $41 thousand, but added 0.5% to the 
gross profit rate. Royalty expense is tied to Consumer sales, which have declined as a percentage of our 
total business. Warranty expense decreased by $0.2 million, which added 0.2% to the profit rate. Gross 
profit was also favorably impacted by the strengthening of both the Euro and British Pound compared to 
the U.S. Dollar, which resulted in an increase in gross profit of approximately $0.9 million and an increase 
of 0.2% in the gross profit rate. 

Research and development expenses increased 13% from $6.6 million in 2005 to $7.4 million in 2006. 
The expensing of stock options, which was adopted on January 1, 2006 (SFAS 123R), accounted for $0.4 
million of the increase. The remainder of the increase is related to development efforts with radio 
frequency technology using the Z-Wave platform, continued expansion of the Nevo® platform and 
development efforts taking place at our San Mateo location. 

29

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

1
3

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 23% from $48.9 million in 2005 to $59.9 million in 
2006. Employee performance-based bonuses increased by $4.0 million, payroll and benefits increased by 
$3.5 million due to the growth of our company, expensing of stock options, which was adopted on 
January 1, 2006 (SFAS 123R), amounted to $2.4 million, travel increased $0.8 million, delivery and 
freight costs increased by $0.5 million due to the increase in sales volume, advertising increased by $0.5 
million, $0.4 million is attributable to tradeshows and $0.4 million due to the strengthening of both the 
Euro and British Pound compared to the U.S. Dollar. These items were partially offset by lower bad debt 
expense, which decreased by $1.9 million. Fiscal 2005 bad debt expense included a $1.6 million write-
down for a receivable due from a former European distributor. 

In 2006, we recorded $1.4 million of interest income compared to $0.8 million for 2005. This increase is 
due to higher money market rates and a higher average cash balance. 

In 2006, other expense, net was $0.5 million as compared to $2.2 million of other income, net for 2005. 
Approximately $0.5 million of other expense in 2006 resulted from foreign currency losses, and 
approximately $2.1 million of other income in 2005 resulted from foreign currency gains. 

We recorded income tax expense of $5.9 million in 2006 compared to $5.0 million in 2005. Our effective 
tax rate was 30.4% in 2006 compared to 33.9% in 2005. The decrease in our effective tax rate is due 
primarily to the Netherlands’ statutory tax rate decreasing from 31.5% in 2005 to 29.6% in 2006. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

(In thousands) 
Cash provided by operating activities .....
Cash used for investing activities............  
Cash provided by (used for) financing 

activities.................................................  

Effect of exchange rate changes ............

  Year Ended 
 December 31, 
2007 
  $ 19,937 
(6,183)

  Year Ended 
 December 31, 
2006 

  Increase 
 (decrease) 
 $  2,725    $ 17,212 
(5,068)

(1,115)

  Year Ended 
 December 31, 
2005 

  Increase 
 (decrease) 
$  3,083    $ 14,129 
(4,037) 

(1,031)  

1,398
5,383 

(3,785)  
276   

5,183 
5,107 

  8,429   
  10,784   

(3,246) 
(5,677) 

Cash and cash equivalents ............................................  
Working capital...............................................................  

Cash provided by operating activities

  December 31, 2007 
$  86,610 
140,330 

  Increase 
 (decrease)    December 31, 2006 
 $ 20,535   
  34,151   

$  66,075 
106,179 

Our principal sources of funds are from operations. Cash provided by operating activities for 2007 was 
$19.9 million, compared to $17.2 million and $14.1 million during 2006 and 2005, respectively. The 
increase in cash flows from operations in 2007 compared to 2006 was primarily due to the increase in net 
income of 50% from $13.5 million in 2006 to $20.2 million in 2007, offset partially by an increase in days 
sales outstanding and a decrease in inventory turns. Our days sales outstanding increased due to certain 
customers delaying payment beyond their respective payment terms. We do not believe that these 
customers represent a credit risk or bad debt risk. The decrease in inventory turns is due directly to 
weaker than expected fourth quarter sales. 

The increase in cash flows from operations in 2006 compared to 2005 is primarily due to an increase in 
net sales, which resulted in an increase in net income of 39% from $9.7 million in 2005 to $13.5 million in 
2006, as well as improvement in our days sales outstanding and overall inventory management. Our days 
sales outstanding improved from approximately 74 days at December 31, 2005 to approximately 64 days 
at December 31, 2006, due primarily to strong collections from our significant customers. In addition, 
despite an increase in net sales of approximately 30% from 2005 to 2006, inventory levels remained 
relatively constant with the prior year. 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

2
3

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

Cash used for investing activities

Cash used for investing activities during 2007 was $6.2 million as compared to $5.1 million and $4.0 
million during 2006 and 2005, respectively. The increase in cash used for investing activities in 2007 
compared to 2006 was due to increased capital expenditures. Capital expenditures in 2007, 2006, and 
2005 were $4.8 million, $4.1 million and $3.1 million, respectively. During the first quarter of 2007, we 
began to renovate and expand our corporate headquarters. Construction is expected to be completed 
during the first quarter of 2008. The total cost of this renovation is estimated to be approximately $1.8 
million, which will be financed through our current operations. In addition we will receive $0.4 million 
tenant improvement allowance upon completion of construction. We also plan to make a significant 
investment to upgrade our information systems, which we expect to cost approximately $1.0 million. The 
strategic planning for the upgrade of our information systems commenced in the second quarter of 2007 
and we expect implementation to be completed in 2009. In addition, in order to support our sales growth, 
annual purchases of tooling equipment have increased throughout the years. 

Cash provided by (used for) financing activities

Cash provided by financing activities during 2007 was $1.4 million compared to cash provided by 
financing activities during 2006 of $5.2 million and cash used for financing activities of $3.2 million during 
2005. Proceeds from stock option exercises were $12.6 million during 2007, compared to proceeds of 
$7.5 million and $2.9 million during 2006 and 2005, respectively. In 2007, gain on stock option exercises 
resulted in a $3.3 million excess tax benefit compared to $275 thousand and $0 for 2006 and 2005, 
respectively. We purchased 471,300 shares of our common stock at a cost of $14.5 million during 2007, 
compared to 127,326 and 356,285 shares at a cost of $2.6 million and $6.1 million during 2006 and 2005, 
respectively. We hold these shares as treasury stock, and they are available for reissue. Presently, 
except for using a minimal number of these treasury shares to compensate our outside board members, 
we have no plans to distribute these shares, although we may change these plans if necessary to fulfill 
our on-going business objectives. 

Effective August 31, 2006, we amended our original Credit Facility with Comerica, extending our line of 
credit through August 31, 2009. Under the amended Credit Facility, we have authority to acquire up to an 
additional 2.0 million shares of our common stock in the open market. From August 31, 2006, through 
December 31, 2007, we purchased 567,900 shares of our common stock, leaving 1,432,100 shares 
available for purchase under the Credit Facility. During 2008 we may continue to purchase shares of our 
common stock if we believe conditions are favorable and to offset the dilutive effect of stock option 
exercises. 

The amended Credit Facility provides a $15 million unsecured revolving credit agreement with Comerica 
for an additional three years, expiring on August 31, 2009. Under the Credit Facility, the interest payable 
is variable and is based on the bank’s cost of funds or the LIBOR rate plus a fixed margin of 1.25%. The 
interest rate in effect as of December 31, 2007 using the LIBOR Rate option plus a fixed margin of 1.25% 
was 5.47%. We pay a commitment fee ranging from zero to a maximum rate of 1/4 of 1% per year on the 
unused portion of the credit line depending on the amount of cash investment retained with Comerica 
during each quarter. Under the terms of the Credit Facility, dividend payments are allowed for up to 100% 
of the prior fiscal year’s net income, to be paid within 90 days of this period’s year end. We are subject to 
certain financial covenants related to our net worth, quick ratio, and net income. Amounts available for 
borrowing under the Credit Facility are reduced by the outstanding balance of import letters of credit. As 
of December 31, 2007, we did not have any amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility or any 
outstanding import letters of credit. Furthermore, as of December 31, 2007, we were in compliance with 
all financial covenants required by the Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2007, we had available $15 
million on the line of credit. 

Historically, our working capital needs have typically been greatest during the third and fourth quarters 
when accounts receivable and inventories increase in connection with the fourth quarter holiday selling 
season. At December 31, 2007, we had $140.3 million of working capital as compared to $106.2 at 
December 31, 2006. The increase in working capital during these periods is principally due to higher 
cash, accounts receivable and inventory balances at December 31, 2007 compared to December 31, 
2006.

31

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2007 and the effect these 
obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods. 

Payments Due by Period 

  After 
(in thousands) 
 5 years 
Contractual Obligations 
Operating Lease Obligations ...............................................   $  5,876  $  1,756  $ 2,465  $ 1,351  $ 304
Purchase Obligations(1) ........................................................  
  19,762    19,762  
—    —
Total .....................................................................................
$ 25,638  $ 21,518 $ 2,465 $ 1,351  $ 304
____________ 
(1) Purchase obligations primarily consist of an agreement with a specific vendor to purchase 
approximately 80% of our integrated circuits through October 16, 2008 from this vendor. 

 Less than 
  1 year 

  1 - 3 
  Years 

  4 - 5 
  years 

  Total 

—  

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

3
3

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

At December 31, 2007, we did not have any bank guarantees that provide for the bank to make payment 
on our behalf in the event of our non-payment for transactions with suppliers in the ordinary course of 
business. 

At December 31, 2007, we had approximately $12.2 million and $74.4 million of cash and cash 
equivalents in the United States and Europe, respectively. 

It is our policy to carefully monitor the state of our business, cash requirements and capital structure. We 
believe that funds generated from our operations and available from our credit facility will be sufficient to 
fund current business operations as well as anticipated growth at least through the end of 2008; however, 
there can be no assurance that such funds will be adequate for that purpose. 

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not participate in any off balance sheet arrangements.  

New Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”), which 
defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting 
principles (GAAP), and expands disclosures about fair value measurements for assets and liabilities. 
SFAS 157 applies when other accounting pronouncements require or permit assets or liabilities to be 
measured at fair value. Accordingly, SFAS 157 does not require new fair value measurements. SFAS 157 
is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. On February 12, 2008 the FASB issued 
FASB Staff Position for SFAS 157 (“FSP FAS 157-2”), which delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for 
nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair 
value in an entity’s financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually) until fiscal years beginning 
after November 15, 2008. We are required to adopt the provisions of SFAS 157 in the first quarter of 
2008, except for those items within scope of FSP FAS 157-2, which we will adopt in the first quarter of 
2009. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS 157 to have a material effect on our consolidated results of 
operations and financial condition. 

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and 
Financial Liabilities—Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 
expands the use of fair value accounting but does not affect existing standards that require assets or 
liabilities to be carried at fair value. Under SFAS 159, a company may elect to use fair value to measure 
accounts and loans receivable, available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities, equity method 
investments, accounts payable, guarantees and issued debt. Other eligible items include firm 
commitments for financial instruments that otherwise would not be recognized at inception and non-cash 
warranty obligations where a warrantor is permitted to pay a third party to provide the warranty goods or 
services. If the use of fair value is elected, any upfront costs and fees related to the item must be 
recognized in earnings and cannot be deferred, such as debt issuance costs. The fair value election is 
irrevocable and generally made on an instrument-by-instrument basis, even if a company has similar 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

4
3

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

instruments that it elects not to measure based on fair value. At the adoption date, unrealized gains and 
losses on existing items for which fair value has been elected are reported as a cumulative adjustment to 
beginning retained earnings. Subsequent to the adoption of SFAS 159, changes in fair value are 
recognized in earnings. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and is 
required to be adopted by us in the first quarter of fiscal 2008. We currently are determining whether fair 
value accounting is appropriate for any of our eligible items and cannot estimate the impact that SFAS 
159 will have on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition. 

In June 2007, the FASB ratified EITF 07-3, “Accounting for Nonrefundable Advance Payments for Goods 
or Services Received for Use in Future Research and Development Activities” (“EITF 07-3”). EITF 07-3 
requires that nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services that will be used or rendered for 
future research and development activities be deferred and capitalized and recognized as an expense as 
the goods are delivered or the related services are performed. EITF 07-3 is effective, on a prospective 
basis, for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007 and will be adopted by us in the first quarter of 
fiscal 2008. We do not expect the adoption of EITF 07-3 to have a material effect on our consolidated 
results of operations and financial condition. 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 
141R”). SFAS 141R establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and 
measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any 
noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. SFAS 141R also establishes disclosure 
requirements to enable the evaluation of the nature and financial effects of the business combination. 
SFAS 141R is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2008, 
and will be adopted by us in the first quarter of fiscal 2009. We do not believe that the adoption of 
Statement 141R will have an effect on our financial statements; however, the effect is dependent upon 
whether we make any future acquisitions and the specifics of those acquisitions. 

In December 2007, the FASB ratified EITF 07-1, “Accounting for Collaborative Arrangements Related to 
the Development and Commercialization of Intellectual Property” (“EITF 07-1”). EITF 07-1 defines 
collaborative arrangements and establishes disclosure requirements for transactions between participants 
in a collaborative arrangement and between participants in the arrangement and third parties. EITF 07-1 
is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2008 and should 
be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented for all collaborative arrangements existing as of 
the effective date. EITF 07-1 is effective for us beginning January 1, 2009. Currently, we do not have any 
collaborative arrangements; therefore, we do not currently believe that the adoption of EITF 07-1 will have 
an impact on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition. 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial 
Statements: an amendment of ARB No. 51” (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 changes the accounting for, and the 
financial statement presentation of, noncontrolling equity interests in a consolidated subsidiary. SFAS 160 
replaces the existing minority-interest provisions of Accounting Research Bulletin 51 (“ARB 51”), 
“Consolidated Financial Statements,” by defining a new term-noncontrolling interests-to replace what 
were previously called minority interests. The new standard establishes noncontrolling interests as a 
component of the equity of a consolidated entity. The underlying principle of the new standard is that both 
the controlling interest and the noncontrolling interests are part of the equity of a single economic entity: 
the consolidated reporting entity. Classifying noncontrolling interests as a component of consolidated 
equity is a change from the current practice of treating minority interests as a mezzanine item between 
liabilities and equity or as a liability. The change affects both the accounting and financial reporting for 
noncontrolling interests in a consolidated subsidiary. SFAS 160 includes reporting requirements intended 
to clearly identify and differentiate the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling 
owners. The reporting requirements are required to be applied retrospectively. SFAS 160 is effective for 
fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Early 
adoption is prohibited. We currently do not believe that the adoption of SFAS 160 will have a significant 
effect on our financial statements as we wholly own our subsidiaries. 

33

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outlook

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Our focus is to build technology and products that make the consumer’s interaction with devices and 
content within the home easier and more enjoyable. The pace of change in the home is increasing. The 
growth of new devices, such as DVD players, PVR/DVR technologies, HDTV and home theater solutions, 
to name only a few, has transformed control of the home entertainment center into a complex challenge 
for the consumer. The more recent introduction and projected growth of digital media technologies in the 
consumer’s life will further increase this complexity. We have set out to create the interface for the 
connected home, building a bridge between the home devices of today and the networked home of the 
future. We intend to invest in new products and technology, particularly in the connected home space, 
which will expand our business beyond the control of devices to the control of and access to content, 
such as digital media, to enrich the entertainment experience. 

We will continue enhancing our leadership position in our core business by developing custom products 
for our subscription broadcasting, OEM, retail and computing customers, growing our capture expertise in 
infrared technology and radio frequency standards, adding to our portfolio of patented or patent pending 
technologies and developing new platform products. We are also developing new ways to enhance 
remote controls and other accessory products. 

We are continuing to seek ways to use our technology to make the set-up and use of control products, 
and the access to and control of digital entertainment within the home entertainment network, easier and 
more affordable. In addition, we are working on product line extensions to our One For All® branded 
products which include digital antennas, signal boosters, and other A/V accessories. 

We are also seeking ways to increase our customer base worldwide, particularly in the areas of 
subscription broadcasting, OEM and One For All® international retail. We will continue to work on 
strengthening existing relationships by working with customers to understand how to make the consumer 
interaction with products and services within the home easier and more enjoyable. We intend to invest in 
new products and technology to meet our customer needs now and into the future. 

We will continue developing software and firmware solutions that can enable devices such as TVs, set-
top boxes, stereos, automotive audio systems and other consumer electronic products to wirelessly 
connect and interact with home networks and interactive services to deliver digital entertainment and 
information. This “smart device” category is emerging, and in the remainder of 2008 we look to continue 
to build relationships with our customers in this category. 

Throughout 2008, we will continue to evaluate acceptable acquisition targets and strategic partnership 
opportunities in our core business lines as well as in the networked home marketplace. We caution, 
however, that no assurance can be made that any suitable acquisition target or partnership opportunity 
will be identified and, if identified, that a transaction can be consummated. Moreover, if consummated, no 
assurance can be made that any such acquisition or partnership will profitably add to our operations. 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

5
3

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

We are exposed to various market risks, including interest rate and foreign currency exchange rate 
fluctuations. We have established policies, procedures and internal processes governing our 
management of these risks and the use of financial instruments to mitigate our risk exposure. 

On August 31, 2006, we amended our credit facility to extend for an additional three years, expiring on 
August 31, 2009. The interest payable under our revolving Credit Facility with our bank is variable and 
based on either (i) the bank’s cost of funds or (ii) the LIBOR rate plus a fixed margin of 1.25%; the rate is 
affected by changes in market interest rates. At December 31, 2007, we had no borrowings on our credit 
facility. The interest rate in effect on the credit facility as of December 31, 2007 using the LIBOR Rate 
option plus a fixed margin of 1.25% was 5.47%. 

At December 31, 2007 we had wholly owned subsidiaries in the Netherlands, United Kingdom, Germany, 
France, Argentina, Spain, Italy, Singapore, Hong Kong and India. Sales from these operations are 
typically denominated in local currencies including Euros, British Pounds and Argentine Pesos, thereby 
creating exposure to changes in exchange rates. Changes in local currency exchange rates relative to the 
U.S. Dollar and, in some cases, to each other, may positively or negatively affect our sales, gross margins 
and net income. From time to time, we enter into foreign currency exchange agreements to manage our 
exposure arising from fluctuating exchange rates that affect cash flows and our reported income. Contract 
terms for the foreign currency exchange agreements normally last less than nine months. We do not 
enter into any derivative transactions for speculative purposes. 

The value of our net balance sheet positions held in foreign currency can also be impacted by fluctuating 
exchange rates, as can the value of the income generated by our European subsidiaries. It is difficult to 
estimate the impact of fluctuations on reported income, as it depends on the opening and closing rates, 
the average net balance sheet positions held in a foreign currency and the amount of income generated 
in local currency. We routinely forecast what these balance sheet positions and income generated in local 
currency may be, and we take steps to minimize exposure as we deem appropriate. 

The sensitivity of earnings and cash flows to the variability in exchange rates is assessed by applying an 
approximate range of potential rate fluctuations to our assets, obligations and projected results of 
operations denominated in foreign currency. Based on our overall foreign currency rate exposure at 
December 31, 2007, we believe that movements in foreign currency rates could have a material affect on 
our financial position. We estimate that if the exchange rates for the Euro and the British Pound relative to 
the U.S. Dollar fluctuate 10% from December 31, 2007, net income and cash flows in the first quarter of 
2008 would fluctuate by approximately $0.1 million and $9.5 million, respectively. 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

6
3

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

35

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Universal Electronics Inc. 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Grant Thornton LLP ...........................
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2007 and 2006 .........................................................
Consolidated Income Statements for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.............
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 

 Page 

  38 
  39 
  40 

and 2005 ............................................................................................................................................

  41 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006  

and 2005 ............................................................................................................................................
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .......................................................................................
Financial Statement Schedule: Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for 
the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 ........................................................................

  43 
  44 

  73 

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in 
the financial statements or notes thereto. 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

7
3

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Universal Electronics Inc. (a 
Delaware corporation) as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of 
income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 
31, 2007. Our audits of the basic financial statements included the financial statement schedule listed in 
the index to consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement 
schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion 
on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight 
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable 
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes 
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. 
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by 
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our 
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material 
respects, the financial position of Universal Electronics Inc. as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the 
results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 
2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in 
our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial 
statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. 

As discussed in Notes 2 and 16 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted FASB 
Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an Interpretation of Statement No. 
109”, effective January 1, 2007. As discussed in Notes 2 and 11 to the consolidated financial statements, 
the Company changed its method of accounting for stock-based compensation as a result of adopting 
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment”, effective January 1, 
2006.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight 
Board (United States), Universal Electronics Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 
31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated 
March 5, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion. 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

8
3

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP  

Irvine, California 
March 5, 2008 

37

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC. 
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts) 

Year Ended December 31, 
2006 

2007 

2005 

Net sales .................................................................................................  $ 272,680  $ 235,846  $ 181,349
   173,329   149,970    114,222
Cost of sales ........................................................................................... 
85,876   67,127
  99,351 
Gross profit ......................................................................................... 
Research and development expenses.................................................... 
6,580
8,820  
   64,080   59,947    48,870
Selling, general and administrative expenses......................................... 
  26,451    18,517    11,677
Operating income ............................................................................... 
845
Interest income........................................................................................
2,152
Other income (expense), net................................................................... 
29,562   19,420    14,674
Income before provision for income taxes.......................................... 
4,973
Provision for income taxes ...................................................................... 
 $  20,230 $  13,520  $  9,701
Net income..........................................................................................

1,401   
(498)   

3,104   
7  

5,900   

7,412   

9,332  

Earnings per share:   

Basic ............................................................................................... 
Diluted.............................................................................................

 $ 
 $ 

1.40 $ 
1.33 $ 

0.98  $ 
0.94  $ 

0.72
0.69

Shares used in computing earnings per share:   

Basic ............................................................................................... 
Diluted.............................................................................................

   14,410   13,818    13,462
   15,177   14,432    13,992

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(In thousands, except share-related data) 

Current assets: 

ASSETS

December 31, 

2007 

2006 

Cash and cash equivalents .............................................................................  $ 86,610 $  66,075 
  60,146   51,867 
Accounts receivable, net.................................................................................. 
  34,906    26,459
Inventories, net ................................................................................................
2,722 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets .................................................... 
3,069
Deferred income taxes..................................................................................... 
  186,407    150,192 
Total current assets .................................................................................
Equipment, furniture and fixtures, net ...................................................................... 
5,899 
  10,863   10,644 
Goodwill....................................................................................................................
5,587
Intangible assets, net ............................................................................................... 
221 
Other assets............................................................................................................. 
6,065
Deferred income taxes ............................................................................................. 
Total assets.............................................................................................. $ 217,285 $ 178,608

5,700   
369   
6,388  

1,874   
2,871  

7,558  

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable ............................................................................................ $  29,382  $  20,153 
4,498 
Accrued sales discounts/rebates/royalties ...................................................... 
4,483 
Accrued income taxes ..................................................................................... 
7,430 
Accrued compensation .................................................................................... 
7,449
Other accrued expenses.................................................................................. 
  46,077   44,013 
Total current liabilities .............................................................................. 

4,671   
1,720  
3,737  
6,567  

Long term liabilities: 

Deferred income taxes..................................................................................... 
Income tax payable.......................................................................................... 
Other long term liabilities .................................................................................
Total liabilities .......................................................................................... 
Commitments and contingencies............................................................................. 

127   
1,506  
1,333  

103 
— 
275
  49,043   44,391

Stockholders’ equity: 

Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or 
outstanding.........................................................................................................

Common stock, $.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized; 18,547,019 

and 17,543,235 shares issued at December 31, 2007 and 2006,  
respectively ........................................................................................................ 
Paid-in capital ...................................................................................................... 
Accumulated other comprehensive income......................................................... 
Retained earnings................................................................................................ 

Less cost of common stock in treasury, 3,975,439 and 3,528,827 shares at 

—   

— 

185   

175 
  114,441    94,733 
  11,221  
2,759 
  88,508   68,514
  214,355    166,181 

December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively ......................................................
Total stockholders’ equity ............................................................................ 

(31,964)
  168,242   134,217
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity ..................................................  $ 217,285 $ 178,608

(46,113)  

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

9
3

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

0
4

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

39

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T
h
e
a
c
c
o
m
p
a
n
y
n
g
n
o
e
s
a
r
e
a
n

t

i

i

t

n
e
g
r
a

l

4
2

p
a
r
t

o

f

t

h
e
s
e
c
o
n
s
o

l
i

d
a
e
d

t

f
i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
.

D
e
c
e
m
b
e
r
3
1

,

2
0
0
7

.
.
.
.

,

1
8
5
4
7

$

1
8
5

(
3
,
9
7
5
)

$

(
4
6
,
1
1
3
)

$
1
1
4
,
4
4
1

$

1
1
,
2
2
1

$

8
8
,
5
0
8

$

—

$
1
6
8
2
4
2

,

n
o
n
q
u
a

l
i
f
i

e
d

l

B
a
a
n
c
e
a

t

s
t

o
c
k

o
p

t
i

o
n
s
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

A
d
o
p

t
i

o
n
o

f

e
x
e
r
c
s
e

i

o

f

T
a
x
b
e
n
e

f
i
t

f
r
o
m

I

F
N
4
8
(

N
o

t

e
1
6
)

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

C
u
r
r
e
n
c
y

t
r
a
n
s
a

l

t
i

o
n

i

n
c
o
m
e

:

C
o
m
p
r
e
h
e
n
s
v
e

i

N
e

t

i

n
c
o
m
e

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

t

S
o
c
k
-
b
a
s
e
d

c
o
m
p
e
n
s
a

t
i

o
n

e
x
p
e
n
s
e

u
n
d
e
r

S
h
a
r
e
s

i

s
s
u
e
d

t

o

e
x
e
r
c
s
e
d

i

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

D

i
r
e
c
t

o
r
s
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

t

S
o
c
k

o
p

t
i

o
n
s

P
u
r
c
h
a
s
e
o

f

t
r
e
a
s
u
r
y

l

p
a
n

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

s
h
a
r
e
s
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

S
h
a
r
e
s

i

s
s
u
e
d

f

o
r

l

e
m
p
o
y
e
e

b
e
n
e

f
i
t

c
o
m
p
r
e
h
e
n
s
v
e

i

i

n
c
o
m
e

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

T
o

t

a

l

j

a
d
u
s
t
m
e
n

t

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

S
F
A
S
1
2
3
R

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

9
8
1

2
3

9

1

2
5

3
7
0

(
4
7
1
)

(
1
4
,
5
1
9
)

3
,
3
3
9

3
,
5
2
1

1
2
,
5
8
8

(
3
7
0
)

6
3
0

8
,
4
6
2

2
0
,
2
3
0

(
2
3
6
)

n
o
n
q
u
a

l
i
f
i

e
d

l

B
a
a
n
c
e
a

t

S
F
A
S
1
2
3
(
R

)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

a
d
o
p

t
i

o
n

o

f

l

R
e
c
a
s
s
i
f
i
c
a

t
i

o
n

o

f

c
o
m
p
e
n
s
a

t
i

o
n

o
n

d
e

f

e
r
r
e
d
s
t

o
c
k
-
b
a
s
e
d

s
t

o
c
k

o
p

t
i

o
n
s
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

(
1
6
3
)

8
2
7

D
e
c
e
m
b
e
r
3
1

,

2
0
0
6

.
.
.
.

,

1
7
5
4
3

1
7
5

(
3
,
5
2
9
)

(
3
1
,
9
6
4
)

9
4
,
7
3
3

2
,
7
5
9

6
8
,
5
1
4

—

1
6
3

3

,

3
3
9

3

,

5
2
1

(
2
3
6
)

1
2

,

5
9
7

(
1
4

,

5
1
9
)

6
3
1

—

,

1
3
4
2
1
7

—

8
2
7

$

$

2
8
,
6
9
2

8
,
4
6
2

2
0
,
2
3
0

e
x
e
r
c
s
e

i

o

f

T
a
x
b
e
n
e

f
i
t

f
r
o
m

I

s
s
u
e
d

C
o
m
m
o
n
S
t
o
c
k

i

n
T
r
e
a
s
u
r
y

C
o
m
m
o
n
S
t
o
c
k

S
h
a
r
e
s

A
m
o
u
n
t

S
h
a
r
e
s

A
m
o
u
n
t

P
a
i
d
-
i
n

C
a
p
i
t
a
l

I

n
c
o
m
e

(
L
o
s
s
)

C
o
m
p
r
e
h
e
n
s
i
v
e

O
t
h
e
r

A
c
c
u
m
u
l
a
t
e
d

R
e
t
a
i
n
e
d

E
a
r
n
n
g
s

i

C
o
m
p
e
n
s
a
t
i
o
n

S
t
o
c
k
-
B
a
s
e
d

D
e
f
e
r
r
e
d

T
o
t
a
s

l

C
o
m
p
r
e
h
e
n
s
i
v
e

I

n
c
o
m
e

D
H
M
B
P

-

3
8
6
8
0
_
1
0
K
_
7
.
p
d
f

-

P
a
g
e

4
2

o
f

8
4

-

A
p
r

4
,

2
0
0
8

-

1
0
:
0
1
:
1
6
A
M

-

l

B
a
c
k

C
u
r
r
e
n
c
y

t
r
a
n
s
a

l

t
i

o
n

i

n
c
o
m
e

:

C
o
m
p
r
e
h
e
n
s
v
e

i

N
e

t

i

n
c
o
m
e

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

t

S
o
c
k
-
b
a
s
e
d

c
o
m
p
e
n
s
a

t
i

o
n

e
x
p
e
n
s
e

u
n
d
e
r

S
h
a
r
e
s

i

s
s
u
e
d

t

o

e
x
e
r
c
s
e
d

i

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

D

i
r
e
c
t

o
r
s
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

t

S
o
c
k

o
p

t
i

o
n
s

P
u
r
c
h
a
s
e
o

f

t
r
e
a
s
u
r
y

l

p
a
n

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

s
h
a
r
e
s
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

S
h
a
r
e
s

i

s
s
u
e
d

f

o
r

l

e
m
p
o
y
e
e

b
e
n
e

f
i
t

c
o
m
p
r
e
h
e
n
s
v
e

i

i

n
c
o
m
e

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

T
o

t

a

l

j

a
d
u
s
t
m
e
n

t

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

S
F
A
S
1
2
3
R

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

5
5
0

2
9

5

1

1
9

2
8
8

(
1
2
7
)

(
2
,
5
8
9
)

4
1

3
,
1
1
7

7
,
4
9
2

(
2
8
8
)

5
2
8

8
,
0
2
4

1
3
,
5
2
0

3

,

1
1
7

,

7
4
9
7

(
2

,

5
8
9
)

5
2
9

—

D
e
c
e
m
b
e
r
3
1

,

2
0
0
5

.
.
.
.

,

1
6
9
6
4

1
6
9

(
3
,
4
2
1
)

(
2
9
,
6
6
3
)

8
3
,
2
2
0

(
5
,
2
6
5
)

5
4
,
9
9
4

(
1
6
3
)

$
1
0
3
2
9
2

,

n
o
n
q
u
a

l
i
f
i

e
d

l

B
a
a
n
c
e
a

t

s
t

o
c
k

o
p

t
i

o
n
s
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

e
x
e
r
c
s
e

i

o

f

T
a
x
b
e
n
e

f
i
t

f
r
o
m

t

S
o
c
k

o
p

t
i

o
n
s

R
e
s
t
r
i
c
t

e
d
s
t

o
c
k

S
h
a
r
e
s

i

s
s
u
e
d

t

o

D

i
r
e
c
t

o
r

s
t
o
c
k
-
b
a
s
e
d

D

i
r
e
c
t

o
r
s
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

c
o
m
p
e
n
s
a

t
i

o
n

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

g
r
a
n
t
s
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

e
x
e
r
c
s
e
d

i

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

P
u
r
c
h
a
s
e
o

f

t
r
e
a
s
u
r
y

s
h
a
r
e
s
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

l

p
a
n

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

S
h
a
r
e
s

i

s
s
u
e
d

f

o
r

l

e
m
p
o
y
e
e

b
e
n
e

f
i
t

c
o
m
p
r
e
h
e
n
s
v
e

i

i

n
c
o
m
e

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

T
o

t

a

l

j

a
d
u
s
t
m
e
n

t

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

C
u
r
r
e
n
c
y

t
r
a
n
s
a

l

t
i

o
n

i

n
c
o
m
e

:

C
o
m
p
r
e
h
e
n
s
v
e

i

N
e

t

i

n
c
o
m
e

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

2
9
0

3
1

2

2
0

3
0
0

(
3
5
6
)

(
6
,
1
1
0
)

8
5
3

7
4

(
3
0
0
)

3
2
6

2
,
8
6
2

5
3
3

3
3
2

(
3
2
6
)

8
5
3

4
0
6

—

—

,

2
8
6
4

(
6

,

1
1
0
)

5
3
3

(
8
,
8
3
6
)

9
,
7
0
1

$

$

$

$

2
1
,
5
4
4

8
,
0
2
4

1
3
,
5
2
0

8
6
5

(
8
,
8
3
6
)

9
,
7
0
1

l

B
a
a
n
c
e
a

t

D
e
c
e
m
b
e
r
3
1

,

2
0
0
4

.
.
.
.

,

1
6
6
4
3

$

1
6
7

(
3
,
0
8
5
)

$

(
2
3
,
8
5
3
)

$

7
8
,
8
7
2

$

3
,
5
7
1

$

4
5
,
2
9
3

$

(
1
6
9
)

$
1
0
3
8
8
1

,

D
H
M
B
P

-

3
8
6
8
0
_
1
0
K
_
7
.
p
d
f

-

P
a
g
e

4
1

o
f

8
4

-

A
p
r

4
,

2
0
0
8

-

1
0
:
0
1
:
1
6
A
M

-

l

B
a
c
k

I

U
N
V
E
R
S
A
L
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
C
S

I

I

N
C

.

I

C
O
N
S
O
L
D
A
T
E
D
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
O
F
S
T
O
C
K
H
O
L
D
E
R
S

’

E
Q
U
T
Y

I

(
I

n

t

h
o
u
s
a
n
d
s
)

I

s
s
u
e
d

C
o
m
m
o
n
S
t
o
c
k

i

n
T
r
e
a
s
u
r
y

C
o
m
m
o
n
S
t
o
c
k

S
h
a
r
e
s

A
m
o
u
n
t

S
h
a
r
e
s

A
m
o
u
n
t

P
a
i
d
-
i
n

C
a
p
i
t
a
l

I

n
c
o
m
e

(
L
o
s
s
)

C
o
m
p
r
e
h
e
n
s
i
v
e

O
t
h
e
r

A
c
c
u
m
u
l
a
t
e
d

R
e
t
a
i
n
e
d

E
a
r
n
n
g
s

i

C
o
m
p
e
n
s
a
t
i
o
n

S
t
o
c
k
-
B
a
s
e
d

D
e
f
e
r
r
e
d

T
o
t
a
s

l

C
o
m
p
r
e
h
e
n
s
i
v
e

I

n
c
o
m
e

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands) 

Year Ended December 31, 
2006 

2007 

2005 

Cash provided by operating activities:

Net income............................................................................................  $ 20,230 $ 13,520  $  9,701
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by 

operating activities: 

Depreciation and amortization.......................................................... 
Provision for doubtful accounts ........................................................ 
Provision for inventory write-downs.................................................. 
Deferred income taxes...................................................................... 
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options ....................................... 
Excess tax benefit............................................................................. 
Shares issued for employee benefit plan ......................................... 
Stock-based compensation .............................................................. 
Write down of investment in private company .................................. 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

Accounts receivable...................................................................... 
Inventories .................................................................................... 
Prepaid expenses and other assets ............................................. 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses .................................... 
Accrued income and other taxes .................................................. 
Net cash provided by operating activities ......................................... 

23   

4,675    4,187    3,702 
210    2,121 
2,146   1,810    2,735 
(130)
853 
— 
533 
406 
3 

(637)  
827   
(275)  
529   
3,521   3,117   
—   

219   
3,339  
(3,320)  
631   

—  

(5,033)  
(9,194)  
837 

(7,120)  
(6,966)
(280)  
(7,128)
(1,207)
1,459  
3,982    2,546    5,416 
(2,681)   4,090
(2,119)  
  19,937   17,212   14,129

Cash used for investing activities: 

Acquisition of equipment, furniture and fixtures.................................... 
Acquisition of intangible assets.............................................................
Net cash used for investing activities ............................................... 

(4,802)  
(1,381)  
(6,183)  

(4,057)  
(1,011)  
(5,068)  

(3,137)
(900)
(4,037)

Cash provided by (used for) financing activities: 

Proceeds from stock options exercised................................................
  12,597    7,497    2,864 
Treasury stock purchased .................................................................... 
(6,110)
—
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation ............................ 
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities ......................... 
(3,246)
(5,677)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash................................................. 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents............................................... 
20,535   22,434    1,169 
  66,075   43,641   42,472
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year ...................................... 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year................................................  $  86,610 $ 66,075 $ 43,641

(2,589)  
(14,519)  
3,320  
275  
1,398   5,183   
5,383   5,107  

Supplemental Cash Flow Information — Income taxes paid were $8.1 million, $8.7 million and $0.3 million 
in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

3
4

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note 1 — Description of Business

Universal Electronics Inc., based in Southern California, has developed a broad line of easy-to-use, pre-
programmed universal wireless control products and audio-video accessories that are marketed to 
enhance home entertainment systems as well as software designed to enable consumers to wirelessly 
connect, control and interact with an increasingly complex home environment. Our primary markets 
include retail, private label, original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”), custom installers, cable and 
satellite service providers, and companies in the personal computing industry. Over the past 20 years, we 
have developed a broad portfolio of patented technologies and a database of home connectivity software 
that we license to our customers, including many leading Fortune 500 companies. In addition, we sell our 
universal wireless control products and other audio/visual accessories through our European 
headquarters in the Netherlands, and to distributors and retailers in Europe, Australia, New Zealand, 
South Africa, the Middle East, Mexico, and selected countries in Asia and Latin America under the One 
For All® brand name. 

As used herein, the terms “we”, “us” and “our” refer to Universal Electronics Inc. and its subsidiaries 
unless the context indicates to the contrary. 

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those of our wholly-owned subsidiaries. 
All the intercompany accounts and significant transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated 
financial statements. 

Segment Realignment

In the third quarter of 2006, we integrated the SimpleDevices business segment into our Core Business 
segment in order to more closely align our financial reporting with our business structure. The segment 
integration did not impact previously reported consolidated net revenue, income from operations, net 
income or earnings per share. 

Estimates and Assumptions

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States of America requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts 
of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial 
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-
going basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to revenue recognition, 
allowance for sales returns and doubtful accounts, warranties, inventory valuation, business combination 
purchase price allocations, our review for impairment of long-lived assets, intangible assets and goodwill, 
income taxes and stock-based compensation expense. Actual results may differ from these judgments 
and estimates, and they may be adjusted as more information becomes available. Any adjustment could 
be significant. 

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue on the sale of products when delivery has occurred, there is persuasive evidence 
of an arrangement, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

4
4

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

43

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

5
4

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

We record a provision for estimated sales returns on product sales in the same period as the related 
revenues are recorded. These estimates are based on historical sales returns, analysis of credit memo 
data and other known factors. The provision recorded for estimated sales returns and allowances is 
deducted from gross sales to arrive at net sales in the period the related revenue is recorded. 

We accrue for discounts and rebates on product sales in the same period as the related revenues are 
recorded based on historical experience. Changes in such accruals may be required if future rebates and 
incentives differ from our estimates. Rebates and incentives are recognized as a reduction of sales if 
distributed in cash or customer account credits. Rebates and incentives are recognized as cost of sales if 
we provide products or services for payment. 

Sales allowances reduce gross accounts receivable to arrive at accounts receivable, net in the same 
period the related receivable is recorded. We have no obligations after delivery of our products other than 
the associated warranties (See Note 21). We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated 
losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make payments for products sold or services 
rendered. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on a variety of factors, including historical 
experience, length of time receivables are past due, current economic trends and changes in customer 
payment behavior. Also, we record specific provisions for individual accounts when we become aware of 
a customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations to us, such as in the case of bankruptcy filings or 
deterioration in the customer’s operating results or financial position. If circumstances related to a 
customer change, our estimates of the recoverability of the receivables would be further adjusted, either 
upward or downward. 

We generate service revenue, which is paid monthly, as a result of providing consumer support programs 
to some of our customers through our call centers. These service revenues are recognized when services 
are performed, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable, 
and collectibility is reasonably assured. 

We also license our intellectual property including our patented technologies, trade secrets, trademarks, 
and database of infrared codes. We record license revenue when our customers ship products 
incorporating our intellectual property, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is 
fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. 

When a sales arrangement contains multiple elements, such as software products, licenses and/or 
services, we allocate revenue to each element based on its relative fair value. The fair values for the 
multiple elements are determined based on vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), or the price 
charged when the element is sold separately. The residual method is utilized when VSOE exists for all 
the undelivered elements, but not for the delivered element. This is performed by allocating revenue to 
the undelivered elements (that have VSOE) and the residual revenue to the delivered elements. When 
the fair value for an undelivered element cannot be determined, we defer revenue for the delivered 
elements until the undelivered element is delivered. We limit the amount of revenue recognition for 
delivered elements to the amount that is not contingent on the future delivery of products or services or 
subject to customer-specified return or refund privileges. 

We account for revenue under software licensing arrangements involving significant production, 
modification or customization of software in accordance with SOP 81-1, “Accounting for Performance of 
Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts”. We recognize revenue and profit as work 
progresses on long-term, fixed price contracts using the percentage-of-completion method. When 
applying the percentage-of-completion method, we rely on estimates of total expected contract revenue 
and labor hours which are provided by our project managers. We follow this method because reasonably 
dependable estimates of the revenue and labor applicable to various stages of a contract can be made. 
Recognized revenue and profit are subject to revisions as the contract progresses to completion. 
Revisions to revenue and profit estimates are charged to income in the period in which the facts that give 
rise to the revision become known, and losses are accrued when identified. 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

6
4

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

Effective January 1, 2007, we applied the opinion reached by the FASB’s Emerging Issues Task Force on 
EITF Issue 06-3, “How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities 
Should Be Presented in the Income Statement (That Is, Gross versus Net Presentation) (“EITF 06-3”).” 
The consensus in EITF 06-3 does not require us to reevaluate our existing accounting policies for income 
statement presentation. We present all non-income government-assessed taxes (sales, use and value 
added taxes) collected from our customers and remitted to governmental agencies on a net basis 
(excluded from revenue) in our financial statements. The government-assessed taxes are recorded in 
other accrued expenses until they are remitted to the government agency. 

Foreign Currency Translation and Foreign Currency Transactions

The functional currency for our foreign operations is their local currency. The translation of foreign 
currencies into U.S. dollars is performed for balance sheet accounts using exchange rates in effect at the 
balance sheet dates and for revenue and expense accounts using the average exchange rate during the 
period. The gains and losses resulting from the translation are included in the foreign currency translation 
adjustment account, a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity, 
and are excluded from net income. The portions of inter-company accounts receivable and accounts 
payable that are not intended for settlement are translated at exchange rates in effect at the balance 
sheet date. 

We recorded a foreign currency translation gain of $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 
and a foreign currency translation gain of $8.0 million and a foreign currency translation loss of $8.8 
million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The foreign currency translation 
gain of $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 was driven by the weakening of the U.S. dollar 
versus the Euro. The U.S. dollar/Euro spot rate was 1.46 and 1.32 at December 31, 2007 and December 
31, 2006, respectively. The foreign currency translation gain of $8.0 million for the year ended December 
31, 2006 was driven by the weakening of the U.S. dollar versus the Euro. The U.S. dollar/Euro spot rate 
was 1.32 and 1.18 at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively. The foreign currency 
translation loss of $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 was driven by the strengthening of 
the U.S. dollar versus the Euro. The U.S. dollar/Euro spot rate was 1.18 and 1.35 at December 31, 2005 
and December 31, 2004, respectively. 

Transaction gains and losses generated by the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on 
recorded assets and liabilities denominated in a currency different than the functional currency of the 
applicable entity are recorded in other income (expense), net (See Note 15). 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash accounts and all investments purchased with initial maturities of 
three months or less. We maintain cash and cash equivalents with various financial institutions. These 
financial institutions are located in many different geographic regions. We mitigate our exposure to credit 
risk by placing our cash and cash equivalents with high quality financial institutions. 

At December 31, 2007, we had approximately $12.2 million and $74.4 million of cash and cash 
equivalents in the United States and Europe, respectively. At December 31, 2006, we had approximately 
$6.1 million and $60.0 million of cash and cash equivalents in the United States and Europe, respectively. 

Inventories

Our inventories consist of primarily wireless control devices and the related component parts, including 
integrated circuits, and are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in, 
first-out method. We write down our inventory for the estimated difference between the inventory’s cost 
and its estimated market value based upon our best estimates about future demand and market 
conditions.

45

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

7
4

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

We carry inventory in amounts necessary to satisfy our customers’ inventory requirements on a timely 
basis. We continually monitor our inventory status to control inventory levels and write-down any excess 
or obsolete inventories on hand. Our total excess and obsolete inventory reserve as of December 31, 
2007 and December 31, 2006 was approximately $1.8 million and $2.2 million, respectively, or 5.0% and 
7.6% of total inventory. The decline in the inventory reserve was primarily due to scrapping of inventory in 
2007 that was reserved in 2006. 

If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management additional inventory 
write-downs may be required, which could have a material impact on our financial statements. Such 
circumstances could include, but are not limited to, the development of new competing technology that 
impedes the marketability of our products or the occurrence of significant price decreases in our 
component parts, such as integrated circuits. 

Equipment, Furniture and Fixtures

Equipment, furniture and fixtures are recorded at cost. To qualify for capitalization an asset must have a 
useful life greater than one year and a cost greater than $1,000 for individual assets or $5,000 for bulk 
assets. For financial reporting purposes, depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the 
estimated useful lives of the respective assets. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost 
and accumulated depreciation are removed from the appropriate accounts and any gain or loss is 
included in operating income. 

Estimated useful lives consist of the following:  

Tooling and Equipment (1) .................... 
Computer Equipment ........................... 
Software ............................................... 
Furniture and Fixtures .......................... 
Leasehold Improvements..................... 
____________
(1) We purchase tooling equipment for the production of our products. Tooling equipment is recorded on 
our balance sheet; but is located at our third party manufactures. Tooling equipment as of December 
31, 2007 and 2006 was $10.8 million and $8.5 million, respectively (See Note 6). Annually, we analyze 
tooling equipment for impairment along with our other long-lived assets. 

2-7 Years 
3-5 Years 
3-5 Years 
5-7 Years 
Lesser of lease term or useful life (approximately 2 to 6 years) 

Long-Lived Assets and Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist principally of distribution rights, patents, trademarks, trade names, and 
developed and core technologies. Capitalized amounts related to patents represent external legal costs 
for the application and maintenance of patents. Intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line 
method over their estimated period of benefit, ranging from two to ten years. 

We assess the impairment of long-lived assets and intangible assets whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors considered important 
which could trigger an impairment review include the following: (1) significant underperformance relative 
to expected historical or projected future operating results; (2) significant changes in the manner or use of 
the assets or strategy for the overall business and (3) significant negative industry or economic trends. 

When we determine that the carrying value may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or 
more of the above indicators of impairment, we conduct an impairment review. The asset is impaired if its 
carrying value exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and 
eventual disposition of the asset. In assessing recoverability, we must make assumptions regarding 
estimated future cash flows and other factors. 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

8
4

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

The impairment loss is the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. We 
calculate fair value by taking the sum of the discounted projected cash flows over the assets remaining 
useful life, using a discount rate commensurate with the risks inherent in our current business model. 
When calculating fair value, we must make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows, discount 
rates and other factors. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 we recorded 
impairment charges of $63 thousand, $20 thousand and $0, respectively, related to our long-lived assets. 
The impairment charges are recorded in depreciation expense. 

Goodwill

We record the excess purchase price of net tangible and intangible assets acquired over their estimated 
fair value as goodwill. We have adopted the provisions of SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets.” 
Under SFAS 142, we are required to test goodwill for impairment at least annually. We evaluate the 
carrying value of goodwill as of December 31 of each year and between annual evaluations if events 
occur or circumstances change that may reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying 
amount. Such circumstances could include, but are not limited to: (1) a significant adverse change in legal 
factors or in business climate, (2) unanticipated competition, or (3) an adverse action or assessment by a 
regulator. In performing the impairment review, we determine the carrying amount of each reporting unit 
by assigning assets and liabilities, including the existing goodwill, to those reporting units (See Note 3). A 
reporting unit is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (referred to as 
a component). A component of an operating segment is deemed a reporting unit if the component 
constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and segment management 
regularly reviews the operating results of that component. 

To evaluate whether goodwill is impaired, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit to which the 
goodwill is assigned to the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill. We determine the fair 
value of each reporting unit using the present value of expected future cash flows for that reporting unit. If 
the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the amount of the impairment loss must be 
measured.

The impairment loss would be calculated by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill to its carrying 
amount. In calculating the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill, the present value of the 
reporting unit’s expected future cash flows is allocated to all of the other assets and liabilities of that unit 
based on their fair values. The excess of the present value of the reporting unit’s expected future cash 
flows over the amount assigned to its other assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An 
impairment loss would be recognized when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. 

We conducted annual goodwill impairment reviews as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. Based on 
the analysis performed, we determined that the fair values of our reporting units exceeded their carrying 
amounts, including goodwill, and therefore they were not impaired. 

During the fourth quarter of 2004 we purchased SimpleDevices for approximately $12.8 million in cash, 
including direct acquisition costs, and a potential performance-based payment of our unregistered 
common stock, if certain future financial objectives were achieved. As a result of the performance-based 
incentive and other factors, our chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) reviewed SimpleDevices’ 
discrete operating results through the second quarter of 2006, and SimpleDevices was defined as an 
“operating segment” and a “reporting unit” as well. 

Effective at the end of second quarter 2006, we completed our integration of SimpleDevices’ technologies 
with our existing technologies, merged SimpleDevices’ sales, engineering and administrative functions 
into our “domestic” reporting unit, and the performance-based payment related to the acquisition expired. 
Commencing in the third quarter of 2006, our CODM no longer reviews SimpleDevices’ financial 
statements on a stand alone basis. As a result of these activities, SimpleDevices became part of the 
“domestic” reporting unit within our single operating segment. 

47

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Income Taxes

Derivatives

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
6
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

9
4

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

Income tax expense includes U.S. and international income taxes. We account for income taxes using the 
liability method. We record deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities on our balance sheet for 
expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in different periods for financial 
statement purposes versus tax return purposes using enacted tax rates that will be in effect when these 
differences reverse. We record a valuation allowance to reduce net deferred tax assets if we determine 
that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. A current tax asset or liability 
is recognized for the estimated taxes refundable or payable for the current year. 

In accordance with the adoption of FIN 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes- an Interpretation 
of Statement No. 109,” if a tax position does not meet the more likely than not standard, a full reserve is 
established against the tax asset or a liability is recorded. Additionally, a tax position that meets the more-
likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the 
financial statements. The tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 
percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. 

Capitalized Software Costs

We account for software development costs in accordance with SFAS No. 86, “Accounting for the Costs 
of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed.” Costs incurred internally while 
creating a computer software product are expensed when incurred as research and development until 
technological feasibility has been established. We determined that technological feasibility for our 
products is established when a working model is complete. Once technological feasibility is established, 
software costs are capitalized until the product is available for general release to customers and is then 
amortized using the greater of (i) the ratio that current gross revenues for a product bear to the total 
current and anticipated future gross revenues or (ii) the straight-line method over the remaining estimated 
economic life of the product. Software development costs consist primarily of salaries, employee benefits, 
supplies and materials. The straight-line amortization periods for capitalized software costs range from 1 
to 2 years. 

Capitalized software costs are stated at cost net of accumulated amortization. Unamortized capitalized 
software costs were $0.4 million and $0.1 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. We 
capitalized $0.5 million, $0 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. 
Amortization expense related to capitalized software costs was $0.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million 
for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively (See Note 3). 

Research and Development

We account for research and development costs in accordance with SFAS No. 2, “Accounting for 
Research and Development Costs.” As such, research and development costs are expensed as incurred 
and consist primarily of salaries, employee benefits, supplies and materials. 

Advertising

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense was $2.3 million, $2.2 million and $1.5 
million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. 

Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs

In September 2000, the Emerging Issues Task Force issued EITF 00-10, “Accounting for Shipping and 
Handling Fees and Costs.” EITF 00-10 requires shipping and handling fees billed to customers to be 
classified as revenue and shipping and handling costs to be either classified as cost of sales or disclosed 
in the notes to the financial statements if classified elsewhere in the income statement. We include 
shipping and handling fees billed to customers in net sales. Shipping and handling costs associated with 
in-bound freight are recorded in cost of goods sold. Other shipping and handling costs are included in 
selling, general and administrative expenses and totaled $7.9 million, $6.9 million and $6.2 million for the 
years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

0
5

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

Our foreign currency exposures are primarily concentrated in the Euro and British Pound. Depending on 
the predictability of future receivables, payables and cash flows in each operating currency, we 
periodically enter into foreign currency exchange contracts with terms normally lasting less than nine 
months to protect against the adverse effects that exchange-rate fluctuations may have on our foreign 
currency-denominated receivables, payables, cash flows and reported income. We do not enter into 
financial instruments for speculation or trading purposes. These derivatives have not qualified for hedge 
accounting. The gains and losses on both the derivatives and the foreign currency-denominated balances 
are recorded as foreign exchange transaction gains or losses and are classified in other income 
(expense), net. Derivatives are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. The estimated fair value of 
derivative financial instruments represents the amount required to enter into similar offsetting contracts 
with similar remaining maturities based on quoted market prices. 

We held foreign currency exchange contracts which resulted in a net pre-tax gain of approximately $784 
thousand for the year ended December 31, 2007 and net pre-tax loss of approximately $97 thousand and 
$409 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. We had one foreign 
currency exchange contract outstanding at December 31, 2007, a forward contract with a notional value 
of $5.0 million. We had two foreign currency exchange contracts outstanding at December 31, 2006, 
known as participating forwards, both with a notional value of $6.25 million each. Both contracts settled 
on January 3, 2007. 

We held a US dollar/Euro forward contract with a notional value of $5.0 million and a forward rate of 
$1.4554 US dollar/Euro as of December 31, 2007, due for settlement on January 25, 2008. We held the 
Euro position on this contract. The fair value of this contract was $11 thousand at December 31, 2007; 
and this contract value is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets. At December 31, 2006, 
we had a loss on participating forward contracts of approximately $0.6 million, which was included in 
other accrued expenses. 

Stock-Based Compensation

Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the fair value recognition provisions of Statement of Financial 
Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”) using the modified-
prospective transition method. Under this transition method, compensation expense recognized for the 
year ended December 31, 2006 includes: (a) compensation expense for all share-based awards granted 
prior to, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006 based on the grant date fair value estimated in 
accordance with the original provisions of SFAS 123 and (b) compensation expense for all share-based 
awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2005 based on the grant-date fair value estimated in 
accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R. Results for prior periods have not been restated. We 
recognize such compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the 
service period of the award, which is generally the option vesting term of three to four years. Prior to 
January 1, 2006, we accounted for options granted under our plans using the intrinsic value method 
under Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” 
(“APB 25”) and related interpretations, as permitted by SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock Based 
Compensation” (“SFAS 123”). In March 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) 
issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 (“SAB 107”) regarding the SEC’s interpretation of SFAS 123R 
and the valuation of share-based compensation for public companies. We have applied the provisions of 
SAB 107 to our adoption of SFAS 123R. 

We use the Black Scholes option pricing model to measure the stock-based compensation expense. The 
assumptions used in the Black Scholes model includes the following: weighted average fair value of 
grant, risk-free interest rate, expected volatility and expected life in years. Refer to Note 10 for further 
discussion on stock-based compensation. 

49

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

1
5

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

New Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”), which 
defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting 
principles (GAAP), and expands disclosures about fair value measurements for assets and liabilities. 
SFAS 157 applies when other accounting pronouncements require or permit assets or liabilities to be 
measured at fair value. Accordingly, SFAS 157 does not require new fair value measurements. SFAS 157 
is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. On February 12, 2008 the FASB issued 
FASB Staff Position for SFAS 157 (“FSP FAS 157-2”), which delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for 
nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair 
value in an entity’s financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually) until fiscal years beginning 
after November 15, 2008. We are required to adopt the provisions of SFAS 157 in the first quarter of 
2008, except for those items within scope of FSP FAS 157-2, which we will adopt in the first quarter of 
2009. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS 157 to have a material effect on our consolidated results of 
operations and financial conditions. 

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and 
Financial Liabilities—Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 
expands the use of fair value accounting but does not affect existing standards that require assets or 
liabilities to be carried at fair value. Under SFAS 159, a company may elect to use fair value to measure 
accounts and loans receivable, available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities, equity method 
investments, accounts payable, guarantees and issued debt. Other eligible items include firm 
commitments for financial instruments that otherwise would not be recognized at inception and non-cash 
warranty obligations where a warrantor is permitted to pay a third party to provide the warranty goods or 
services. If the use of fair value is elected, any upfront costs and fees related to the item must be 
recognized in earnings and cannot be deferred, such as debt issuance costs. The fair value election is 
irrevocable and generally made on an instrument-by-instrument basis, even if a company has similar 
instruments that it elects not to measure based on fair value. At the adoption date, unrealized gains and 
losses on existing items for which fair value has been elected are reported as a cumulative adjustment to 
beginning retained earnings. Subsequent to the adoption of SFAS 159, changes in fair value are 
recognized in earnings. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and is 
required to be adopted by us in the first quarter of fiscal 2008. We currently are determining whether fair 
value accounting is appropriate for any of our eligible items and cannot estimate the impact that SFAS 
159 will have on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition. 

In June 2007, the FASB ratified EITF 07-3, “Accounting for Nonrefundable Advance Payments for Goods 
or Services Received for Use in Future Research and Development Activities” (“EITF 07-3”). EITF 07-3 
requires that nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services that will be used or rendered for 
future research and development activities be deferred and recognized as an expense as the goods are 
delivered or the related services are performed. EITF 07-3 is effective, on a prospective basis, for fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2007 and will be adopted by us in the first quarter of fiscal 2008. We 
do not expect the adoption of EITF 07-3 to have a material effect on our consolidated results of 
operations and financial condition. 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 
141R”). SFAS 141R establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and 
measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any 
noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. SFAS 141R also establishes disclosure 
requirements to enable the evaluation of the nature and financial effects of the business combination. 
SFAS 141R is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2008, 
and will be adopted by us in the first quarter of fiscal 2009. We do not believe that the adoption of 
Statement 141R will have an effect on our financial statements; however, the effect is dependent upon 
whether we make any future acquisitions and the specifics of those acquisitions. 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

2
5

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

In December 2007, the FASB ratified EITF 07-1, “Accounting for Collaborative Arrangements Related to 
the Development and Commercialization of Intellectual Property” (“EITF 07-1”). EITF 07-1 defines 
collaborative arrangements and establishes disclosure requirements for transactions between participants 
in a collaborative arrangement and between participants in the arrangement and third parties. EITF 07-1 
is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2008 and should 
be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented for all collaborative arrangements existing as of 
the effective date. EITF 07-1 is effective for us beginning January 1, 2009. Currently, we do not have any 
collaborative arrangements; therefore, we do not currently believe that the adoption of EITF 07-1 will have 
an impact on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition. 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial 
Statements: an amendment of ARB No. 51” (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 changes the accounting for, and the 
financial statement presentation of, noncontrolling equity interests in a consolidated subsidiary. SFAS 160 
replaces the existing minority-interest provisions of Accounting Research Bulletin 51 (“ARB 51”), 
“Consolidated Financial Statements,” by defining a new term-noncontrolling interests-to replace what 
were previously called minority interests. The new standard establishes noncontrolling interests as a 
component of the equity of a consolidated entity. The underlying principle of the new standard is that both 
the controlling interest and the noncontrolling interests are part of the equity of a single economic entity: 
the consolidated reporting entity. Classifying noncontrolling interests as a component of consolidated 
equity is a change from the current practice of treating minority interests as a mezzanine item between 
liabilities and equity or as a liability. The change affects both the accounting and financial reporting for 
noncontrolling interests in a consolidated subsidiary. SFAS 160 includes reporting requirements intended 
to clearly identify and differentiate the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling 
owners. The reporting requirements are required to be applied retrospectively. SFAS 160 is effective for 
fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Early 
adoption is prohibited. We currently do not believe that the adoption of SFAS 160 will have a significant 
effect on our financial statements as we wholly own our subsidiaries. 

Note 3 — Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Under the requirements of SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets”, the unit of accounting for goodwill 
is at a level of reporting referred to as a “reporting unit.” SFAS 142 defines a reporting unit as either (1) an 
operating segment — as defined in SFAS 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and 
Related Information” or (2) one level below an operating segment — referred to as a component. Our 
domestic and international components are “reporting units” within our one operating segment “Core 
Business.” Goodwill is reviewed for impairment as of December 31st of each year. Goodwill of a reporting 
unit is tested for impairment between annual tests, if an event occurs or circumstances change that would 
more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. 

Effective at the end of second quarter 2006, we completed our integration of SimpleDevices’ technologies 
with our existing technologies, merged SimpleDevices’ sales, engineering and administrative functions 
into our “domestic” reporting unit, and the performance-based payment related to the acquisition expired. 
In addition, our CODM no longer reviews SimpleDevices’ financial statements on a stand alone basis, 
commencing in the third quarter of 2006. As a result of these activities, SimpleDevices became part of the 
“domestic” reporting unit within our single operating segment. 

Goodwill for the domestic operations was generated from the acquisition of a remote control company in 
1998 and the acquisition of a software and firmware solutions company, SimpleDevices, in 2004. 
Goodwill for international operations resulted from the acquisition of remote control distributors in the UK 
in 1998, Spain in 1999 and France in 2000. 

51

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Goodwill information for domestic and international components is as follows:  

(in thousands) 
Goodwill.......................................................................................................................... 

December 31, 

  2007 

  2006 

Domestic ....................................................................................................................  $ 8,314 $  8,314
International(1) ............................................................................................................ 
  2,549   2,330
Total Goodwill ........................................................................................................  $ 10,863 $ 10,644

____________
(1) The difference in international goodwill reported at December 31, 2007, as compared to the goodwill 
reported at December 31, 2006, was the result of fluctuations in the foreign currency exchange rates 
used to translate the balance into U.S. dollars. 

Besides goodwill, our intangible assets consist principally of distribution rights, patents, trademarks, 
purchased technologies and capitalized software costs. Capitalized amounts related to patents represent 
external legal costs for the application and maintenance of patents. Intangible assets are amortized using 
the straight-line method over their estimated period of benefit, ranging from one to ten years. 

Information regarding our intangible assets at December 31, 2007 and 2006 are listed below: 

(in thousands) 
Carrying amount: 

  2007(1) 

  2006(1) 

Distribution rights (10 years)...................................................................................... $ 
Patents (10 years) ..................................................................................................... 
Trademark and trade names (10 years) .................................................................... 
Developed and core technology (5 years).................................................................
Capitalized software (1-2 years) ................................................................................
Other (5-7 years) .......................................................................................................

379
5,605
840
  1,630   2,410
898
370
Total carrying amount .................................................................................................... $ 10,093 $ 10,502

499  
370  

  6,335

419 $ 

840  

Accumulated amortization: 

Distribution rights ....................................................................................................... $ 
Patents....................................................................................................................... 
Trademark and trade names ..................................................................................... 
Developed and core technology ................................................................................ 
Capitalized software .................................................................................................. 
Other ..........................................................................................................................

50
56 $ 
  2,695   2,221
189
1,060   1,475
813
167
Total accumulated amortization .....................................................................................  $  4,393 $  4,915

68  
241  

273  

Net carrying amount: 

Distribution rights ....................................................................................................... $ 
Patents....................................................................................................................... 
Trademark and trade names ..................................................................................... 
Developed and core technology ................................................................................
Capitalized software .................................................................................................. 
Other ..........................................................................................................................

329
363 $ 
  3,640   3,384
651
935
85
203
Total net carrying amount ..............................................................................................  $  5,700 $  5,587
____________
(1) This table excludes fully amortized intangible assets of $5,457 thousand and $3,763 thousand as of 

567  
570  
431  
129  

December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

3
5

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

4
5

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

Amortization expense, including the amortization of capitalized software, which is recorded to cost of 
sales, for 2007, 2006 and 2005 was approximately $1.3 million, $1.5 million and $1.4 million, respectively. 
Estimated amortization expense for existing intangible assets and capitalized software for each of the five 
succeeding years ending December 31 and thereafter are as follows: 

2008 ................................................................................................................................................. $ 1,352
  1,187
2009 .................................................................................................................................................
705
2010 .................................................................................................................................................
705
2011 .................................................................................................................................................
705
2012 .................................................................................................................................................
  1,046
Thereafter.........................................................................................................................................
$ 5,700

The weighted average amortization period of intangible assets is 8.5 years.  

Note 4 — Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consisted of the following at December 31, 2007 and 2006:  

(in thousands) 
Trade receivable, gross...............................................................................................   $ 63,528 $ 55,726 
Note receivable(1) ........................................................................................................  
200 
Other (2) .......................................................................................................................  
437
(2,602)
Allowance for doubtful accounts .................................................................................  
(1,894)
Allowance for sales returns .........................................................................................  
$ 60,146 $ 51,867
Accounts receivable, net .............................................................................................
____________
(1)

—  
430   
(2,330)  
(1,482)  

In April 1999, we provided a non-recourse interest bearing secured loan to our chief executive officer. 
The note was due and was paid in full by December 15, 2007 (See Note 20). 

2007 

2006 

(2) Other  receivable  as  of  December  31,  2007  and  December  31,  2006,  consisted  primarily  of  a  tenant 
improvement  allowance  provided  by  our  landlord  for  the  renovation  and  expansion  of  our  corporate 
headquarter  in  Cypress,  California.  Construction  began  in  2007,  and  completion  is  expected  during 
the  first  quarter  of  2008.  The  tenant  improvement  allowance  will  be  paid  upon  completion  of 
construction. 

Sales Returns

We record a provision for estimated sales returns and allowances on product sales in the same period as 
the related revenues are recorded. These estimates are based on historical sales returns, analysis of 
credit memo data and other known factors. The provision recorded for estimated sales returns and 
allowances is deducted from gross sales to arrive at net sales in the period the related revenue is 
recorded. Sales allowances reduce gross accounts receivable to arrive at accounts receivable, net in the 
same period the related receivable is recorded. Our contractual sales return periods range up to six 
months. We have no other obligations after delivery of our products other than the associated warranties. 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Our allowance 
for doubtful accounts is our best estimate of losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make 
their required payments. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts based on a variety of factors, 
including historical experience, length of time receivables are past due, current economic trends and 
changes in customer payment behavior. Also, we record specific provisions for individual accounts when 
we become aware of a customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations to us, such as in the case of 
bankruptcy filings or deterioration in the customer’s operating results or financial position. If circum- 

53

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

stances related to a customer change, our estimates of the recoverability of the receivables would be 
further adjusted, either upward or downward. 

Note 7 — Revolving Credit Line

The following changes occurred in the allowance for doubtful accounts during the years ended December 
31, 2007, 2006 and 2005: 

(in thousands) 

Description 
Year Ended December 31, 2007 ..................................  
Year Ended December 31, 2006 ..................................  
Year Ended December 31, 2005 ..................................  

  Balance at 
 Beginning of 
Period 
  $ 2,602
$ 2,296 
  $ 1,130

  Additions 
 to Costs and 
  Expenses 
  $ 
23 
  $  210 
  $ 2,121 

  (Write-offs)/ 
  FX Effects 
  $  (295) 
  $  96 
  $  (955) 

 Balance at 
  End of 
  Period 
  $ 2,330 
  $ 2,602 
  $ 2,296 

Note 5 — Inventories

Inventories, net consisted of the following at December 31, 2007 and 2006:  

(in thousands) 
Components ................................................................................................................   $  6,750 $  6,101 
Finished goods............................................................................................................  
  29,982   22,537 
(2,179)
Reserve for inventory obsolescence...........................................................................  
Inventories, net............................................................................................................   $ 34,906 $ 26,459

(1,826)  

2006 

2007 

During 2006, we recorded a charge to reduce our finished good inventories by $0.4 million ($0.2 million 
after tax) for an error in our standard cost as of December 31, 2005. We believe the amounts are not 
material to 2006 or 2005. 

Note 6 — Equipment, Furniture and Fixtures

Equipment, furniture and fixtures consisted of the following at December 31, 2007 and 2006: 

(in thousands) 
Tooling.......................................................................................................................  $  9,998  $  7,815 
2,539
Computer equipment................................................................................................. 
2,197 
Software .................................................................................................................... 
1,424
Furniture and fixtures ................................................................................................ 
1,188 
Leasehold improvements .......................................................................................... 
791
Machinery and equipment......................................................................................... 
  18,789    15,954 
  (13,725)   (11,027)
4,927 
972
Total equipment, furniture and fixtures, net ..........................................................  $  7,558 $  5,899

Accumulated depreciation......................................................................................... 

Construction in progress ........................................................................................... 

2,581   
2,583  
1,660 
1,056  
911  

5,064   
2,494  

2006 

2007 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

5
5

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

Effective August 31, 2006, we amended our original Credit Facility with Comerica Bank (“Comerica”), 
extending our line of credit through August 31, 2009. The amended Credit Facility provides a $15 million 
unsecured revolving credit agreement with Comerica. Under the Credit Facility, the interest payable is 
variable and is based on the bank’s cost of funds or the LIBOR rate plus a fixed margin of 1.25%. The 
interest rate in effect as of December 31, 2007 using the LIBOR Rate option plus a fixed margin of 1.25% 
was 5.47%. We pay a commitment fee ranging from zero to a maximum rate of 1/4 of 1% per year on the 
unused portion of the credit line depending on the amount of cash investment retained with Comerica 
during each quarter. At December 31, 2007, the commitment rate was 0.25%. Under the terms of the 
Credit Facility, dividend payments are allowed for up to 100% of the prior fiscal year’s net income, to be 
paid within 90 days of the current period’s year end. We are subject to certain financial covenants related 
to our net worth, quick ratio, and net income. Amounts available for borrowing under the Credit Facility 
are reduced by the outstanding balance of import letters of credit. As of December 31, 2007, we did not 
have any amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility or any outstanding import letters of credit. The 
amount available on the line of credit as of December 31, 2007 was $15 million. Furthermore, as of 
December 31, 2007, we were in compliance with all financial covenants required by the Credit Facility. 

Under the amended Credit Facility, we have authority to acquire up to an additional 2.0 million shares of 
our common stock in the open market. From August 31, 2006, through December 31, 2007, we 
purchased 567,900 shares of our common stock, leaving 1,432,100 shares available for purchase under 
the Credit Facility (see Note 10). 

Note 8 — Other Accrued Expenses

The components of other accrued expenses at December 31, 2007 and 2006 are listed below: 

(in thousands) 
Accrued freight ...................................................................................................................  $ 1,435 $ 1,346
558
Accrued advertising and marketing....................................................................................
735  
511  
Deferred income taxes ....................................................................................................... 
235
Accrued sales and VAT taxes (1) ........................................................................................ 
499   1,444
Accrued warranties (2)......................................................................................................... 
416
178  
841
145  
Deferred revenue ...............................................................................................................
  3,064   2,609
Other .................................................................................................................................. 
$ 6,567 $ 7,449

  2007 

  2006 

____________
(1) Accrued sales and VAT taxes decreased $0.9 million from $1.4 million at December 31, 2006 to $0.5 
million at December 31, 2007. The decrease was primarily due to lower sales volume in the United 
Kingdom in the fourth quarter of 2007 compared to the fourth quarter of 2006. 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

6
5

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

Depreciation expense, including tooling depreciation, which is recorded in cost of goods sold, was $3.4 
million, $2.7 million and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, 
respectively. 

As of December 31, 2007, construction in progress primarily consisted of $1.0 million in leasehold 
improvements, $0.8 million in tooling and equipment, $0.3 million in software and $0.3 million in furniture 
and fixtures. We expect that 92% of the construction in progress costs will be placed into service during 
the first and second quarter of 2008. We will begin to depreciate those assets at that time. As of 
December 31, 2006, construction in progress consisted primarily of $0.7 million in tooling and equipment 
and $0.2 million in software. 

(2) Accrued warranties decreased $0.2 million from $0.4 million at December 31, 2006 to $0.2 million at 

December 31, 2007. The decrease was primarily due to price negotiations with our third party 
warranty repair vendor that occurred during the second quarter of 2007 (See Note 21). 

Note 9 — Financial Instruments

Our financial instruments consist primarily of investments in cash and cash equivalents, accounts 
receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The carrying value of these instruments approximate 
fair value due to their short maturities. 

55

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

7
5

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

Note 10 — Stockholders’ Equity

Fair Price Provisions and Other Anti-Takeover Measures

Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, contains certain provisions restricting business 
combinations with interested stockholders under certain circumstances and imposing higher voting 
requirements for the approval of certain transactions (“fair price” provisions). Any of these provisions 
could delay or prevent a change in control. The “fair price” provisions require that holders of at least two-
thirds of the outstanding shares of voting stock approve certain business combinations and significant 
transactions with interested stockholders. 

Treasury Stock

During year ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, we repurchased 471,300, 127,326 and 356,285 
shares of our common stock at the cost of $14.5 million, $2.6 million and $6.1 million, respectively. 
Repurchased shares are recorded as shares held in treasury at cost. We generally hold shares for future 
use as management and the Board of Directors deem appropriate, including compensating our outside 
directors. During the year ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, we issued 24,688, 19,375 and 
20,000 shares, respectively, to outside directors for services performed. 

Stock Awards to Outside Directors

We issue restricted stock awards to the outside directors as compensation for services performed. We 
grant each of our outside directors 5,000 shares of our common stock annually each July 1st. When an 
additional outside director joins our Board of Directors, the director receives an allocated number of 
shares based on months of service during the initial year. Under SFAS No. 123R, compensation expense 
related to restricted stock awards is based on the fair value of the shares awarded as of the grant date. 
The fair value of these shares are being amortized over their 1-year vesting period. Each calendar 
quarter, 1/4 of the total stock award will vest and the shares will be issued, provided the director has 
served the entire calendar quarter term. The shares are issued from treasury stock using a first-in-first-out 
cost basis, which amounted to $370 thousand and $288 thousand in 2007 and 2006, respectively. 

Refer to the table below for shares granted to our outside directors from July 1, 2004 through December 
31, 2007, their fair market value and total amortization expense for the respective year: 

Grant Date 
July 1, 2004................................... 
July 1, 2005................................... 
July 1, 2006................................... 
August 14, 2006 ............................ 
October 23, 2006 .......................... 
July 1, 2007................................... 

Shares 
Granted 

20,000
20,000
15,000
4,375
3,438 
25,000

  Fair Market 
  Value(1) 
  $ 348,523 
  325,800 
  272,100 
79,406 
72,679 
  906,125 

2007 

2006 

    2005(2) 
  $ 168,700
  $ 162,900    162,900

 $ 136,050   136,050   
  45,375    34,031 
  52,850    19,829 
   453,063    

____________
(1) The fair market value is based on the average of the high and low trade prices on the date of grant. 

Total Amortization Expense...........    $ 687,338  $ 352,810  $ 331,600

(2) Prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for stock-based compensation by applying the intrinsic-value 
method in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion (“APB”) No. 25, 
“Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.” Under the intrinsic-value method, compensation cost is 
the excess, if any, of the quoted market price of the stock at the grant date over the amount an 
employee must pay to acquire the stock. We grant stock options with an exercise price equal to the 
market value of the common stock on the date of grant, and therefore no compensation expense was 
recognized related to options in 2005. 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

8
5

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

During the fourth quarter of 2007, 2,500 shares were forfeited due to the death of one of our outside 
directors. The fair market value of the forfeited shares amounted to $90,613. 

Note 11 — Stock Options

Stock-based compensation expense

At December 31, 2007, we have the stock-based employee compensation plans described below. Prior to 
January 1, 2006, we accounted for options granted under our plans using the intrinsic value method 
under Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” 
(“APB 25”). Under the intrinsic-value based method of APB 25, compensation cost is the excess, if any, of 
the quoted market price of the stock at the grant date over the amount an employee must pay to acquire 
the stock. We grant options with an exercise price equal to the market value of the common stock on the 
date of grant; therefore, no compensation expense was recognized related to those options for the year 
ended December 31, 2005. 

Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the fair value recognition provisions of Statement of Financial 
Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”) using the modified-
prospective transition method. Under this transition method, compensation expense recognized for the 
year ended December 31, 2006 includes: (a) compensation expense for all share-based awards granted 
prior to, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006 based on the grant date fair value estimated in 
accordance with the original provisions of SFAS 123 and (b) compensation expense for all share-based 
awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2005 based on the grant-date fair value estimated in 
accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R. We recognize such compensation expense net of 
estimated forfeitures over the service period of the award, which is generally the option vesting term of 
three to four years. We estimated the annual forfeiture rate for our executives and board of directors 
group and non-executive employees group to be 2.41% and 5.95%, respectively, as of December 31, 
2007 and 2006, based on historical experience. 

Prior to January 1, 2006, we provided pro forma disclosures in accordance with SFAS No. 148, 
“Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure,” as if the fair value method had 
been adopted as defined by SFAS 123. Under SFAS 123, compensation expense is computed based on 
the fair value of the stock options granted and is recognized over the period during which an employee is 
required to provide service in exchange for the award. The fair value of the options granted was 
determined at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. 

SFAS 123R requires that we continue to provide the pro forma disclosures required by SFAS 123 for all 
periods presented in which share-based payments to employees are accounted for under APB 25. The 
following table illustrates the effect on net income and net income per share for the year ended December 
31, 2005 as if we applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123 to share-based employee 
compensation. 

(In thousands, except per share amounts) 
Net income as reported.................................................................................................................   $  9,701 

Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of 
related tax effects....................................................................................................................  

Less: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair value 

268 

based method for all awards, net of related tax effects ..........................................................  

  (2,792)
Pro forma net income....................................................................................................................   $  7,177
Basic earnings per share: 

As reported ...........................................................................................................................   $  0.72
Pro forma ..............................................................................................................................   $  0.53

Diluted earnings per share: 

As reported ...........................................................................................................................   $  0.69
Pro forma ..............................................................................................................................   $  0.51

57

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

9
5

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

Stock-based compensation expense is presented in the same income statement line as cash 
compensation paid to the same employees or directors. During the year ended December 31, 2007 and 
2006, we recorded $3.5 million and $3.1 million, respectively, in pre-tax stock-based compensation 
expense. Included in SG&A stock-based compensation expense is $687 thousand and $353 thousand in 
pre-tax compensation expense related to stock awards granted to outside directors for the year ended 
December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively (See Note 10). The income tax benefit associated with stock-
based compensation expense was $1.2 million and $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 
and 2006, respectively. 

Stock-based compensation expense was included in the following for the year ended December 31, 2007 
and 2006: 

(in thousands) 
Cost of sales ......................................................................................................................  $ 
26
Research and development ............................................................................................... 
370
  3,072   2,721
Selling, general and administrative .................................................................................... 
Total Stock-based compensation expense ........................................................................  $ 3,521 $ 3,117

31 $ 

418  

  2007 

  2006 

As of December 31, 2007, we expect to recognize $4.4 million of total unrecognized compensation 
expense related to non-vested employee stock options over a weighted-average life of 2.36 years. 

We granted non-vested stock awards to the outside directors for services performed. Under SFAS No. 
123R, compensation expense related to restricted stock awards is based on the fair value of the shares 
awarded as of the grant date. Compensation expense for the restricted stock awards is recognized on a 
straight-line basis over the requisite service period of one year. The fair value of non-vested shares is 
determined based on the average of the high and low trade prices of our company’s shares on the grant 
date (See Note 10). 

As of December 31, 2007, we expect to recognize $0.4 million of total unrecognized compensation 
expense related to non-vested restricted stock awards over a weighted-average life of six months. 

In light of the accounting guidance under SFAS 123R, beginning in the first quarter of 2006, we re-
evaluated the assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted to employees in 2006. As 
part of this assessment, management determined that historical volatility calculated based on our actively 
traded common stock is a better indicator of expected volatility and future stock price trends than implied 
volatility. Therefore, we continued to use historical volatility to determine expected volatility. We calculate 
expected volatility using historical volatility of our common stock over a period of time equal to the 
expected term of the stock option. 

As part of SFAS 123R adoption, we examined the historical pattern of option exercises in an effort to 
determine if there were any discernable activity patterns based on certain employee classifications. From 
this analysis, we identified two employee classifications: (1) Executive and Board of Directors and (2) 
Non-Executives. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value the options for each of the 
employee classifications. The table below presents the weighted average expected life in years. The 
expected life computation is based on historical exercise patterns and post-vesting behavior within each 
of the two classifications identified. The interest rate for any period within the expected contractual life of 
the awards is based on the prevailing U.S. Treasury note rate for the applicable expected term. 

The fair value of share-based payment awards was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing 
model with the following assumptions and weighted average fair values: 

December 31, (1) 
2006 

2007 

2005 

Weighted average fair value of grants .......................................................   $  11.77  $  7.50  $  9.28 
Risk-free interest rate.................................................................................  
Expected volatility ......................................................................................  
Expected life in years .................................................................................  
____________
(1) The fair value calculation was based on stock options granted during the respective period. 

3.73%
  39.06%   39.27%   58.35%
5.00 
4.89

4.72%  

4.56%   

5.25 

The following is a summary of stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006: 

  Number of 
  Options 
(in 000’s) 

  Weighted- 
  Average 
  Exercise 

Price 

2007

Average 

  Remaining 
  Contractual 

Term 
(in years) 

  Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 
(in 000’s) 

  Number of 
  Options 
(in 000’s) 

  Weighted- 
  Average 
  Exercise 

Price 

2006 

Average 

  Remaining 
  Contractual 

Term 
(in years) 

  Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 
(in 000’s) 

2,480 

  $  13.73 

329 

(981) 

27.80 

12.83 

3,151 

  $  13.70 

46 

 $  17,263  

(550) 

18.15 

13.58 

 $ 

3,036

(89) 

14.91 

  (167) 

16.08 

1,739 

  $  16.83 

5.58 

 $  28,884  

2,480 

  $  13.73 

5.51 

 $  18,096

1,650 

  $  16.43 

5.41 

 $  28,079  

2,411 

  $  13.64 

5.43 

 $  17,783

1,081 

  $  13.84 

4.05 

 $  21,187  

1,848 

  $  12.91 

4.67 

 $  14,994

Outstanding at 
beginning of
the year ..............  

Granted ................  

Exercised .............  

Forfeited/cancelled/
expired................  

Outstanding at
end of year .........  

Vested and 
expected to vest  
at end of year .....  

Exercisable at
end of year .........  

The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding, vested and expected to vest and exercisable at the 
end of the year in the table above represents total pre-tax intrinsic value (difference between Universal 
Electronics Inc.’s average of the high and low trades of the last trading day of 2007 and 2006 and the 
option exercise price, multiplied by the number of the in-the-money options) that option holders would 
have received had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2007. This amount 
changes based on the fair market value of our common stock. The total intrinsic value of options 
exercised for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $17.3 million and $3.0 million, 
respectively. 

During 2007, no significant modifications were made to outstanding stock options. 

During 2006, common stock options were modified due to an employee’s death, resulting in 2,875 
unvested stock options becoming fully vested. The incremental stock-based compensation expense 
resulting from the modification was $13,401. 

Cash received from option exercises for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $12.6 million 
and $7.5 million, respectively. The actual tax benefit realized from option exercises of the share-based 
payment awards was $3.3 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006. 

The following is a summary of stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2005: 

Outstanding at beginning of year ........................................................................... 
Granted ..................................................................................................................
Exercised................................................................................................................ 
Expired and/or forfeited.......................................................................................... 
Outstanding at end of year..................................................................................... 
Options exercisable at year end ............................................................................ 

  Shares 
 (in 000’s) 
3,039
631 
(290)
   (229)
  3,151
1,943

  Weighted 
Average 
 Exercise Price 
  $  12.79 
17.40 
9.89 
  15.33
  $  13.70
  $  12.94 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

0
6

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

59

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

1
6

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

During 2005, common stock options were modified for two employees. One modification was part of a 
severance agreement and the other modification resulted from an employee’s death. The total number of 
options modified was 20,500, which resulted in new measurement dates. The difference between the 
exercise price and the fair value of the common stock on the new measurement dates for the options 
totaled $73,863. As a result, $73,863 was charged to non-cash stock-based compensation. 

Non-vested restricted stock awards activity as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 were as follows 

Non-vested at December 31, 2005 ............................................................................  
Granted ......................................................................................................................  
Vested ........................................................................................................................  
Forfeited .....................................................................................................................  

  Shares 
  Granted 
 (in 000’s) 
10 
23
(20) 
  —  

  Weighted- 
  Average 
  Grant Date 
  Fair Value 
  $  16.29 
18.59 
17.37 
— 

Non-vested at December 31, 2006 ............................................................................  

 13

  $  18.74 

Granted ......................................................................................................................  
Vested ........................................................................................................................  
Forfeited .....................................................................................................................  
Non-vested at December 31, 2007 ............................................................................  

25
(25) 
  (3)
 10

36.25 
27.49 
36.25 
  $  36.25 

The total amount of compensation expense related to non-vested restricted awards not yet recognized as 
of December 31, 2007 was $0.4 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average life 
of 6 months (See Note 10). 

Stock Incentive Plans

1993 Stock Incentive Plan

On January 19, 1993, the 1993 Stock Incentive Plan (“1993 Plan”) was approved. Under the 1993 Plan, 
400,000 shares of common stock were reserved for the granting of incentive and other stock options to 
officers, key employees and non-affiliated directors. The 1993 Plan provided for the granting of incentive 
and other stock options through January 18, 2003. All options outstanding at the time of termination of the 
1993 Plan shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with their terms. The option price for 
incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options was not less than the fair market value at the date 
of grant. The Compensation Committee determined when each option was to expire, but no option was 
exercisable more than ten years after the date the option was granted. The 1993 Plan also provided for 
the award of stock appreciation rights subject to terms and conditions specified by the Compensation 
Committee. No stock appreciation rights have been awarded under this 1993 Plan. There are no 
remaining options available for grant under the 1993 Plan. There are 17,400 shares outstanding under 
this plan as of December 31, 2007. 

1995 Stock Incentive Plan

On May 19, 1995, the 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (“1995 Plan”) was approved. Under the 1995 Plan, 
800,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers, employees and non-
affiliated directors. The 1995 Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, 
performance stock units, or any combination thereof through May 18, 2005, unless otherwise terminated 
by resolution of our Board of Directors. The option prices for the stock options were equal to the fair 
market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee determined when each option was to 
expire, but no option was exercisable more than ten years after the date the option was granted. No stock 
appreciation rights or performance stock units have been awarded under this 1995 Plan. There are no 
remaining options available for grant under the 1995 Plan. There are 50,000 shares outstanding under 
this plan as of December 31, 2007. 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

2
6

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

1996 Stock Incentive Plan

On December 1, 1996, the 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (“1996 Plan”) was approved. Under the 1996 Plan, 
800,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers and employees. The 
1996 Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance stock units, 
or any combination thereof through November 30, 2007, unless otherwise terminated by the resolution of 
our Board of Directors. The option price for the stock options was equal to the fair market value at the 
date of grant. The Compensation Committee determined when each option was to expire, but no option 
was exercisable more than ten years after the date the option was granted. No stock appreciation rights 
or performance stock units have been awarded under this 1996 Plan. There are no remaining options 
available for grant under the 1996 Plan. There are 21,334 shares outstanding under this plan as of 
December 31, 2007.  

1998 Stock Incentive Plan

On May 27, 1998, the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (“1998 Plan”) was approved. Under the 1998 Plan, 
630,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers and employees. The 
1998 Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance stock units, 
or any combination thereof through May 26, 2008, unless otherwise terminated by resolution of our Board 
of Directors. The option price for the stock options was not less than the fair market value at the date of 
grant. The Compensation Committee determined when each option was to expire, but no option was 
exercisable more than ten years after the date the option was granted. No stock appreciation rights or 
performance stock units have been awarded under this 1998 Plan. There are 500 remaining options 
available for grant under the 1998 Plan. There are 117,500 shares outstanding under this plan as of 
December 31, 2007. 

1999 Stock Incentive Plan

On January 27, 1999, the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (“1999 Plan”) was approved. Under the 1999 Plan, 
630,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers and employees. The 
1999 Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance stock units, 
or any combination thereof through January 26, 2009, unless otherwise terminated by resolution of our 
Board of Directors. The option price for the stock options was not less than the fair market value at the 
date of grant. The Compensation Committee determined when each option was to expire, but no option 
was exercisable more than ten years after the date the option was granted. No stock appreciation rights 
or performance stock units have been awarded under this 1999 Plan. There are 1,000 remaining options 
available for grant under the 1999 Plan. There are 93,477 shares outstanding under this plan as of 
December 31, 2007. 

1999A Stock Incentive Plan

On October 7, 1999, the 1999A Nonqualified Stock Plan (“1999A Plan”) was approved and on February 
1, 2000, the 1999A Plan was amended. Under the 1999A Plan, 1,000,000 shares of common stock were 
available for distribution to our key officers and employees. The 1999A Plan provided for the issuance of 
stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance stock units, or any combination thereof through 
October 6, 2009, unless otherwise terminated by resolution of our Board of Directors. The option price for 
the stock options was not less than the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation 
Committee determined when each option was to expire, but no option was exercisable more than ten 
years after the date the option was granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have 
been awarded under this 1999A Plan. There are 1,291 remaining options available for grant under the 
1999A Plan. There are 356,959 shares outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2007. 

61

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

2002 Stock Incentive Plan

On February 5, 2002, the 2002 Nonqualified Stock Plan (“2002 Plan”) was approved. Under the 2002 
Plan, 1,000,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers and 
employees. The 2002 Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, 
performance stock units, or any combination thereof through February 4, 2012, unless otherwise 
terminated by resolution of our Board of Directors. The option price for the stock options was not less 
than the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee determined when each 
option was to expire, but no option was exercisable more than ten years after the date the option was 
granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been awarded under this 2002 
Plan. There are 5,497 remaining options available for grant under the 2002 Plan. There are 424,488 
shares outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2007. 

2003 Stock Incentive Plan

On June 18, 2003, the 2003 Nonqualified Stock Plan (“2003 Plan”) was approved. Under the 2003 Plan, 
1,000,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers and employees. The 
2003 Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance stock units, 
or any combination thereof through June 17, 2013, unless otherwise terminated by resolution of our 
Board of Directors. The option price for the stock options was not less than the fair market value at the 
date of grant. The Compensation Committee determined when each option was to expire, but no option 
was exercisable more than ten years after the date the option was granted. No stock appreciation rights 
or performance stock units have been awarded under this 2003 Plan. There are 28,834 remaining options 
available for grant under the 2003 Plan. There are 636,124 shares outstanding under this plan as of 
December 31, 2007. 

2006 Stock Incentive Plan

On June 13, 2006, the 2006 Nonqualified Stock Plan (“2006 Plan”) was approved. Under the 2006 Plan, 
1,000,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers and employees. The 
2006 Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance stock units, 
or any combination thereof through June 12, 2016, unless otherwise terminated by resolution of our 
Board of Directors. The option price for the stock options was not less than the fair market value at the 
date of grant. The Compensation Committee determined when each option is to expire, but no option was 
exercisable more than ten years after the date the option was granted. No stock options, stock 
appreciation rights or performance stock units have been awarded under this 2006 Plan. There are 
978,750 remaining options available for grant under the 2006 Plan. There are 21,250 shares outstanding 
under this plan as of December 31, 2007. 

Vesting periods for the above referenced stock incentive plans range from three to four years. 

It is our policy to retain our earnings to support the growth of our company. Additionally, we may retain 
earnings to repurchase shares of our common stock, when conditions are favorable. 

Significant option groups outstanding at December 31, 2007 and the related weighted average exercise 
price and life information are listed below: 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

3
6

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

 $ 

        Range of Exercise Prices 
  $  4.97 
7.50 
10.92 
14.85 
17.11 
18.01 
28.08 

5.88 
9.83 
13.08 
16.88 
17.86 
21.48 
35.35 

to
to
to
to
to
to
to

Number 
  Outstanding 
  At 12/31/07 
(in 000’s) 
23 
231 
390 
228 
309 
260 
298

  $  4.97 

to

 $  35.35 

  1,739

  Weighted-Average 
Exercise 
Price 
$  5.07 
8.40 
11.92 
16.06 
17.58 
19.45 
28.20 

  Number 
  Exercisable 
  At 12/31/07 
(in 000’s) 
23 
231 
312 
180 
118 
215 
2

Weighted-Average 
Exercise 
Price 
$  5.07 
8.40 
11.76 
15.99 
17.59 
19.64 
28.08 

$  16.83 

 1,081

$  13.84 

 Weighted-Average 
Remaining Years of 
  Contractual Life 

0.69 
3.69 
4.33 
5.09 
7.05 
3.93 
9.32 

5.58 

63

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

4
6

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

Note 12 — Significant Customers and Suppliers

Significant Customer

We had sales to one significant customer who contributed more than 10% of total net sales. 

Sales made to this customer were $36.4 million, $28.3 million, and $22.2 million representing 13.3%, 
12.0%, and 12.2% of our total net sales for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, 
respectively. Trade receivables with this customer amounted to $2.3 million and $3.1 million or 3.8% and 
6.0% of our total accounts receivable at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. In addition, we had 
sales to a customer and its sub-contractors that, when combined, totaled $46.0 million, $41.6 million, and 
$30.0 million, accounting for 16.9%, 17.7%, and 16.6% of net sales for the years ended December 31, 
2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Trade receivables with this customer and its sub-contractors 
amounted to $7.9 million and $6.2 million, or 13.3% and 12.2%, of our total accounts receivable at 
December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The future loss of these customers or any key customer, 
either in the United States or abroad, due to the financial weakness or bankruptcy of any such customer 
or our inability to obtain orders or maintain our order volume with our major customers, may have an 
adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

Significant Suppliers

Most of the components used in our products are available from multiple sources. We have elected to 
purchase integrated circuits (“IC”), used principally in our wireless control products, from two main 
sources. Purchases from one supplier amounted to more than 10% of total inventory purchases. 
Purchases from this major supplier amounted to $23.7 million, $11.6 million and $10.2, representing 
14.9%, 8.5% and 9.7%, respectively, of total inventory purchases for the years ended December 31, 
2007, 2006 and 2005. Accounts payable with the aforementioned supplier amounted to $3.2 million and 
$0.8 million, representing 9.7% and 3.9%, respectively, of total accounts payable at December 31, 2007 
and 2006. 

For the year ended December 2006, there was a different IC supplier who provided more than 10% of 
total inventory purchases. Purchases from that supplier amounted to $14.2 million or 10.5% of total 
inventory purchases in 2006. 

In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2007, we purchased component and finished good 
products from two major suppliers. Purchases from these two major suppliers amounted to $46.5 million 
and $30.4 million representing 29.2 % and 19.1%, respectively, of total inventory purchases for the year 
ended December 31, 2007. During the year ended December 31, 2006 purchases from the same two 
suppliers amounted to $40.7 million and $13.8 million representing 30.0% and 10.2%, respectively, of 
total inventory purchases. During the year ended December 31, 2005 inventory purchases from the 
aforementioned two suppliers amounted to $35.5 million and $4.1 representing 33.9%and 4.0%, 
respectively. For the year ended December 2006, there was another supplier who provided more than 
10% of total inventory purchases. Purchases from that supplier amounted to $13.9 million or 10.2% of 
total inventory purchases in 2006. 

Accounts payable with the aforementioned two suppliers of component and finished good products 
amounted to $10.8 million and $6.3 million respectively, representing 32.6% and 19.1% of the total 
accounts payable at December 31, 2007. At December 31, 2006, accounts payable with the same 
suppliers amounted to $8.2 million and $2.0 million, respectively, representing 40.4% and 9.8% of the 
total accounts payable. There was no other component and finished goods supplier with inventory 
purchases greater than ten percent of the total inventory purchases in 2007, 2006 or 2005. 

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

We have identified alternative sources of supply for these integrated circuits, components, and finished 
goods; however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to obtain these inventory 
purchases on a timely basis. We generally maintain inventories of our integrated chips, which could be 
used in part to mitigate, but not eliminate, delays resulting from supply interruptions. An extended 
interruption, shortage or termination in the supply of any of the components used in our products, or a 
reduction in their quality or reliability, or a significant increase in prices of components, would have an 
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and cash flows. 

Note 13 — Leases

We lease office and warehouse space and certain office equipment under operating leases that expire at 
various dates through September 2013. Some of our rental leases are subject to rent escalations. For 
these leases, we straight-line our rent expense over the lease term, ranging from 36 to 73 months. The 
liability is recorded in other accrued expenses (See Note 8). As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the 
liability related to rent escalations was $65 thousand and $51 thousand, respectively. Additionally, our 
corporate lease agreement contains a provision for a tenant improvement allowance of $0.4 million for us 
to renovate the building, which is to be paid to us upon completion of the renovation. The renovation is 
expected to be completed during the first quarter of 2008. We recorded the $0.4 million tenant 
improvement allowance in accounts receivable at December 31, 2007 (See Note 4). Additionally, the 
tenant improvement allowance was recorded as a component of the lease liability in computing rent 
expense, and is amortized as a credit against rent expense, over 73 months, the term of the lease, 
beginning January 1, 2006. 

Rent expense for our operating leases was $2.2 million, $1.8 million and $1.7 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. 

The following table summarizes future minimum non-cancelable operating lease payments with initial 
terms greater than one year at December 31, 2007: 

(in thousands) 
Year ending December 31: 

 Amount 

2008........................................................................................................................................... $ 1,756
  1,374
2009...........................................................................................................................................
  1,091
2010...........................................................................................................................................
904
2011...........................................................................................................................................
447
2012...........................................................................................................................................
Thereafter.........................................................................................................................................
304
Total operating lease commitments ................................................................................................. $ 5,876

Note 14 — Employee Benefit Plans

We maintain a retirement and profit sharing plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code for 
all of our domestic employees that meet certain qualifications. Participants in the plan may elect to 
contribute from 1% to 15% of their annual salary to the plan. We match 50% of the participants’ 
contributions in the form of newly issued shares of our common stock. We may also make other 
discretionary contributions to the plan. We recorded $0.6 million of expense for company contributions for 
each of the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. 

Note 15 — Other Income (Expense), net

Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Income Statements consisted of the following: 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

5
6

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

6
6

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

(in thousands) 
Net (loss) gain on foreign currency exchange transactions..................................  $  (35)  $ (508) $ 2,107 
Write-down of investment...................................................................................... 
(3)
48
Other income......................................................................................................... 
Other income (expense), net.................................................................................  $  7 $  (498) $ 2,152

  —    —   
10  
  42  

  2005 

  2006 

  2007 

Note 16 — Income Taxes

In 2007, 2006 and 2005, pre-tax income was attributed to the following jurisdictions: 

(in thousands) 
Domestic operations ...................................................................................... $ 18,332  $  7,932 $  6,206
  11,230   11,488   8,468
Foreign operations .........................................................................................  
Total ........................................................................................................... $ 29,562 $ 19,420 $ 14,674

  2006 

  2007 

Year Ended December 31, 
  2005 

The provision for income taxes charged to operations was as follows:  

(in thousands) 
Current tax expense: 

  Year Ended December 31, 
  2005 
  2006 
  2007 

U.S. federal .................................................................................................. $ 5,537  $ 2,934  $ 1,382 
State and local ............................................................................................. 
280 
  3,130   2,997   3,311
Foreign.........................................................................................................
  9,157   6,618   4,973
Total current............................................................................................. 

490  

687   

Deferred tax expense/(benefit):

U.S. federal .................................................................................................. 
State and local ............................................................................................. 
Foreign......................................................................................................... 
Total deferred................................................................................................... 

460
(363)
(97)
—
Total provision .........................................................................................  $ 9,332 $ 5,900 $ 4,973

(297)  
(578)  
157  
(718)  

(60)  
84 
151  
175  

Net deferred tax assets were comprised of the following at December 31, 2007 and 2006: 

(in thousands) 
Deferred tax assets: 

  2007 

2006 

Inventory reserves ....................................................................................................   $  308  $
23   
Allowance for doubtful accounts ...............................................................................
184   
Capitalized research costs........................................................................................
Capitalized inventory costs .......................................................................................
540   
Net operating losses .................................................................................................  
Amortization of intangibles........................................................................................
Accrued liabilities ......................................................................................................
Income tax credits.....................................................................................................  
Depreciation..............................................................................................................  
Stock based compensation.......................................................................................  
Long term incentive compensation ...........................................................................  
Other .........................................................................................................................  
Total deferred tax assets ......................................................................................  

448
46 
581 
470 
  2,974    4,480
639 
755   
796    1,103 
  1,157    1,072 
434 
890 
— 
196
  9,632   10,359

700  
  1,327   
402   
466  

Deferred tax liability: 

(688)
Intangible assets .......................................................................................................  
(255)
Other .........................................................................................................................  
(943)
Total deferred tax liabilities .......................................................................................
  8,885   9,416 
Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance.............................................  
(620)
Less: Valuation allowance.............................................................................................  
Net deferred tax assets .................................................................................................   $ 8,621 $  8,796

(509)  
(238)  
(747)  

(264)  

As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, $511 thousand and $235 thousand, respectively, of current deferred 
tax liabilities were recorded in other accrued expenses (See Note 8). 

The deferred tax valuation allowance decreased to $0.3 million as of December 31, 2007 compared to 
$0.6 million as of December 31, 2006. The decrease was primarily due to certain statute of limitations 
expiring relating to foreign net operating losses. 

65

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the 
applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to pre-tax income from operations as a result of the 
following:

(in thousands) 
Tax provision at statutory U.S. rate................................................................  $ 10,347 $ 6,603  $ 4,989 
Increase (decrease) in tax provision resulting from: 

  2005 

Year Ended December 31, 
  2006 
2007 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

7
6

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

State and local taxes, net ...................................................................... 
Foreign tax rate differential .................................................................... 
Nondeductible items .............................................................................. 
Federal valuation allowance .................................................................. 
Federal research and development credits ............................................... 
Change in tax rate related to deferred taxes ............................................. 
Other ..........................................................................................................

(83)
335 
50 
1 
(601)
— 
282
Tax provision..................................................................................................  $  9,332 $ 5,900 $ 4,973

110   
(391)  
207   
—   
(872)  
—   
243  

373  
(649)  
302   
—   
(918)  
(147)   
24  

At December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, we had state Research and Experimentation (“R&E”) 
income tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively. The state 
R&E income tax credits do not have an expiration date. 

At December 31, 2007, we had federal, state and foreign net operating losses of approximately $7.3 
million, $5.0 million and $0.5 million, respectively. All of the federal and state net operating loss 
carryforwards were acquired as part of the acquisition of SimpleDevices. The federal and state net 
operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2020 and 2012, respectively. Approximately $0.7 million of 
the foreign net operating losses expired in 2007, approximately $0.3 million will expire in 2020 and the 
remaining $0.2 million of foreign net operating losses have an unlimited carryforward. 

Internal Revenue Code Section 382 places certain limitations on the annual amount of net operating loss 
carryforwards that can be utilized if certain changes to a company’s ownership occur. Our acquisition of 
SimpleDevices was a change in ownership pursuant to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, and 
the federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of SimpleDevices (approximately $7.3 million and 
$5.0 million, respectively) are limited but considered realizable in future periods. The annual limitation is 
as follows: approximately $1.4 million for 2008, $1.2 million for 2009 and approximately $0.6 million 
thereafter. 

As of December 31, 2007, we believed it was more likely than not that certain deferred tax assets related 
to the impairment of the investment in a private company (a capital asset) would not be realized due to 
uncertainties as to the timing and amounts of future capital gains. Accordingly, a valuation allowance of 
approximately $0.1 million was recorded as of December 31, 2007 (See Note 2). 

During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 we recognized a credit to additional paid-in 
capital and a reduction to income taxes payable of $3.3 million, $0.8 million and $0.9 million, respectively, 
related to the tax benefit from the exercises of non-qualified stock options under our stock option plans. 

The undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries are considered to be indefinitely reinvested. 
Accordingly, no provision for U.S. federal and state income taxes or foreign withholding taxes has been 
provided on such undistributed earnings. Determination of the potential amount of unrecognized deferred 
US income tax liability and foreign withholding taxes is not practicable because of the complexities 
associated with its hypothetical calculation; however, unrecognized foreign tax credits would be available 
to reduce some portion of the U.S. liability. 

We are currently under audit in the Netherlands by the Dutch tax authorities for fiscal years 2002 through 
2004. We do not expect any material adjustments to our financial statements as a result of this audit. 
Currently, no adjustments have been proposed. 

Uncertain Tax Positions

On January 1, 2007, we adopted the provisions of FIN 48. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, we 
recognized a $0.2 million increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for 
as a reduction to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings. We also recognized a decrease of 
$0.3 million in other comprehensive income related to foreign currency translation. At December 31, 
2007, we had unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $8.8 million, including interest and penalties. 

A reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits (excluding interest and penalties) at the 
beginning and end of the period is as follows (in thousands): 

Balance at January 1, 2007 ...........................................................................................................   $ 6,778 
485 
Additions as a result of tax provisions taken during the current year ............................................  
(54)
Reductions due to a lapse of the applicable statute of limitations .................................................  
609 
Foreign currency translation...........................................................................................................  
(1)
Other ..............................................................................................................................................  
Balance at December 31, 2007 .....................................................................................................   $ 7,817

Approximately $7.5 million of the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2007 would 
affect the annual effective tax rate, if recognized. Further, we are unaware of any positions for which it is 
reasonably possible that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase within 
the next twelve months. However, based on federal, state and foreign statute expirations in various 
jurisdictions, we anticipate a decrease in unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $0.6 million within 
the next twelve months. 

In accordance with FIN 48, we have elected to classify interest and penalties as components of tax 
expense. Interest and penalties were $0.6 million at the date of adoption and $1.0 million at December 
31, 2007 and are included in the unrecognized tax benefits. 

We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, various states and foreign jurisdictions. As of 
December 31, 2007, the open statute of limitations for our significant tax jurisdictions are as follows: 
federal and state for 2003 through 2007 and non-U.S. for 2001 through 2007. All unrecognized tax 
benefits at December 31, 2007 are classified as long term as prescribed by FIN 48 because we do not 
anticipate payment of cash within one year of the operating cycle. 

Note 17 — Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the 
weighted average number of our common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per 
share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares and 
dilutive potential common shares, which includes the dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock 
grants. Dilutive potential common shares for all the periods presented are computed utilizing the treasury 
stock method. In the computation of diluted earnings per common share for the years ended December 
31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, approximately 153,705, 854,265 and 999,506 stock options, respectively, with 
exercise prices greater than the average market price of the underlying common stock, were excluded 
because their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive. 

Earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were calculated as follows: 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

8
6

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

(in thousands, except per-share amounts) 
BASIC
Net Income .....................................................................................................   $ 20,230 $ 13,520 $  9,701
Weighted-average common shares outstanding ...........................................  
  14,410  13,818   13,462
Basic earnings per share ...............................................................................   $  1.40 $  0.98 $  0.72

  2006 

  2007 

  2005 

67

68

 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(in thousands, except per-share amounts) 
DILUTED
Net Income .....................................................................................................   $ 20,230 $ 13,520 $  9,701
  14,410    13,818   13,462
Weighted-average common shares outstanding for basic.............................  
530
Dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock .......................................  
  15,177   14,432   13,992
Weighted-average common shares outstanding on a diluted basis ..............  
Diluted earnings per share ............................................................................. $  1.33 $  0.94 $  0.69

  2006 

  2005 

  2007 

614  

767  

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

9
6

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

Note 18 — Business Segment

Industry Segment

SFAS 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,” defines an operating 
segment, in part, as a component of an enterprise whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the 
chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and 
assess its performance. Operating segments may be aggregated only to the limited extent permitted by 
the standard. 

As a result of the performance-based incentive and other factors, management reviewed SimpleDevices’ 
discrete operating results through the second quarter of 2006, and as a result, defined SimpleDevices as 
a separate segment. Since acquiring SimpleDevices, we have integrated SimpleDevices’ technologies 
with and into our own technology. In addition, we have integrated SimpleDevices’ sales, engineering and 
administrative functions into our own. As a result of the integration, the performance-based payment 
expiring and our chief operating decision maker no longer reviewing SimpleDevices’ financial statements 
on a stand alone basis, commencing in the third quarter of 2006, we merged SimpleDevices into our Core 
Business segment, resulting in us operating in a single industry segment. 

Note 19 — Foreign Operations

Geographic Information

Our sales to external customers and long-lived tangible assets by geographic area for years ended 
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 are presented below: 

(in thousands) 
Net Sales: 

2007 

2006 

2005 

United States ....................................................................................... 
International:

 $ 151,034  $ 126,522   $  95,252

United Kingdom ............................................................................... 
Asia .................................................................................................. 
South Africa ..................................................................................... 
Spain................................................................................................ 
Germany .......................................................................................... 
France.............................................................................................. 
Australia ........................................................................................... 
Italy .................................................................................................. 
Switzerland ...................................................................................... 
All Other ...........................................................................................

  31,290    29,025    22,977
31,624   30,285    18,773
3,685
6,484
7,357
5,852
2,678
1,026
4,689
   20,138    16,823    12,576
Total International ................................................................................  $ 121,646  $ 109,324  $  86,097
 $ 272,680  $ 235,846  $ 181,349

8,140  
7,513   
7,014  
4,846   
3,028   
1,799   
851   

7,192 
8,483  
6,228 
4,940  
2,772  
2,506   
6,473   

Total Net Sales......................................................................................... 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

0
7

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

Specific identification was the basis used for attributing revenues from external customers to individual 
countries. 

Note 20 — Related Party Transactions

In April 1999, we provided a non-recourse interest bearing secured loan to our chief executive officer. The 
loan was in the amount of $200,000 and bore interest at the rate of 5.28% per annum, with interest 
payable annually to us on each December 15. The loan was collateralized by the primary residence 
purchased and the principal was payable on the earlier of (i) December 15, 2007, (ii) within twelve months 
following a demand from us but only in the event the executive officer ceases being our employee or in 
the event of a default under the loan; or (iii) on the closing of a sale or transfer of the property. This note, 
including accrued interest, was paid in full on December 14, 2007. This related party note receivable was 
included in accounts receivable on our balance sheet at December 31, 2006. 

Note 21 — Contingencies

Indemnities

We indemnify our directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State of 
Delaware. We purchased directors and officers’ insurance to insure our individual directors and officers 
against certain claims, including the payment of claims such as those alleged below and attorney’s fees 
and related expenses incurred in connection with the defense of such claim. The amounts and types of 
coverage have varied from period to period as dictated by market conditions. Management is not aware 
of any matters that require indemnification of its officers or directors. 

Product Warranties

We warrant our products against defects in materials and workmanship arising during normal use. We 
service warranty claims directly through our customer service department or contracted third-party 
warranty repair facilities. Our warranty period ranges up to three years. We provide for estimated product 
warranty expenses, which are included in cost of sales, as we sell the related products. Since warranty 
expense is a forecast primarily based on historical claims experience, actual claim costs may differ from 
the amounts provided. 

Changes in the liability for product warranties are presented below (in thousands): 

Description 

Year Ended December 31, 2007 ........................  
Year Ended December 31, 2006 ........................
Year Ended December 31, 2005 ........................
____________
(1)

  Balance at 
 Beginning of 
Period 

  Accruals for 
  Warranties 

Issued During 
the Period 

  Settlements 
  (in Cash or in 
  Kind) During 
the Period 

 Balance at 
  End of 
  Period 

  $ 416
  $ 414 
  $ 183 

$  (146)(1)
$  202 
$  443 

$ 
(92) 
$  (200) 
$  (212) 

  $ 178 
  $ 416 
  $ 414 

In the second quarter 2007, we renegotiated pricing terms with our third party warranty repair vendor 
which resulted in lower warranty costs per unit. As a result, our warranty accrual was reduced to 
reflect the lower pricing. 

Long-Lived Assets: 

United States ......................................................................................   $  5,238 $  3,921  $  3,137
1,618
2,199  
2,689  
All Other Countries .............................................................................  
7,927 $  6,120 $  4,755

$

2007 

2006 

2005 

Litigation

In 2002, one of our subsidiaries (One For All S.A.S.) brought an action against a former distributor of the 
subsidiary’s products seeking a recovery of accounts receivable. The distributor filed a counterclaim 
against our subsidiary seeking payment for amounts allegedly owed for administrative and other services 
rendered by the distributor for our subsidiary. In January 2005, the parties agreed to include in that action 
all claims between the distributor and two of our other subsidiaries, Universal Electronics BV and One For 

69

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

All Iberia SL. As a result, the single action covers all claims and counterclaims between the various 
parties. The parties further agreed that, before any judgment is paid, all disputes between the various 
parties would be concluded. These additional claims involve nonpayment for products and damages 
resulting from the alleged wrongful termination of agency agreements. On March 15, 2005, the court in 
one of the litigation matters brought by the distributor against one of our subsidiaries, rendered judgment 
against our subsidiary and awarded damages and costs to the distributor in the amount of approximately 
$102,000. The amount of this judgment was charged to operations during the second quarter of 2005 and 
has been paid. With respect to the remaining matters before the court, we are awaiting the expert to 
finalize and file his pre-trial report with the court and when completed, we will respond. Management is 
unable to estimate the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome, and the amount of loss, if any, in the case of 
an unfavorable outcome. 

On February 7, 2008, we filed suit against Gibson Audio, a Division of Gibson Guitar Corp., Gibson Guitar 
Corp., and Gibson Musical Instruments, Inc. seeking payment of the remaining balance of a minimum 
royalty fee due us under a software agreement. The Gibson companies answered our complaint with a 
general denial of all of our allegations. Also the Gibson companies counterclaimed that we breached 
various aspects of the software agreement and that they are seeking unspecified damages. We disagree 
vigorously with their denials of liability and with their counterclaims and will continue to pursue this matter. 
Since, however, no discovery has commenced, at this time, we are unable to estimate the likely outcome 
of this matter and the amount, if any, of recovery of the balance due us. 

There are no other material pending legal proceedings, other than litigation that is incidental to the 
ordinary course of our business, to which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party or of which our 
respective property is the subject. We do not believe that any of the claims made against us in any of the 
pending matters have merit and we intend to vigorously defend ourselves against them. 

We maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance which insures our individual directors and officers 
against certain claims such as those alleged in the above lawsuits, as well as attorney’s fees and related 
expenses incurred in connection with the defense of such claims. 

Long-Term Incentive Plan

During the second quarter of 2007, we adopted a Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”), effective January 1, 
2007, that provides a bonus pool for the executive management team contingent on achieving certain 
performance goals for the two-year period commencing on January 1, 2007 and ending on December 31, 
2008, involving sales growth and earnings per diluted share. Vesting in the bonus pool will occur in eight 
equal quarterly increments commencing with the quarter ending March 31, 2009 and will continue so long 
as the participant remains an employee of our company. Payment of the vested portion of the bonus pool 
will occur on the vesting date, unless the participant elects to defer such payment, and will be made in 
cash, our common stock, or a combination of cash and stock (at our company’s discretion). Our Board of 
Directors believes that a four year performance and vesting time period is appropriate. The LTIP commits 
a maximum of $12 million in bonus if the highest performance goals are met. For the year ended 
December 31, 2007, we accrued LTIP compensation expense of $1,000,000, which is included in other 
long term liabilities. 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

1
7

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

2
7

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

Note 22 — Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

Summarized quarterly financial data for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 are presented 
below: 

(In thousands, except per share amounts)  

  March 
31, 

  June 
30, 

 September
30, 

 December
31, 

2007 

Net sales .....................................................................................   $ 66,019 $ 71,478   $ 68,961   $ 66,222
  24,341   24,626    25,737    24,647
Gross profit..................................................................................  
Operating income(3) .....................................................................  
8,019
  6,186   5,972  
Net income(3) ...............................................................................  
6,132
  4,637   4,546  
Earnings per share (2):

6,274   
4,915   

Basic .......................................................................................   $  0.33 $  0.31  $ 
Diluted..................................................................................... $  0.31 $  0.30  $ 

0.34  $ 
0.32  $ 

0.42
0.40

Shares used in computing earnings per share: 

Basic .......................................................................................  
Diluted.....................................................................................

  14,130   14,437    14,508    14,565
  14,908   15,262    15,280    15,257

  March 
31, 

  June 
30, 

 September
30, 

 December
31, 

2006 

Net sales .....................................................................................   $ 54,173 $ 52,370   $ 59,612   $ 69,691
  18,488   19,582    21,579    26,227
Gross profit..................................................................................  
6,716
  3,130   4,043  
Operating income........................................................................  
Net income (1) ..............................................................................  
5,432
  2,136   2,419   
Earnings per share (2) : ................................................................  

4,628   
3,533   

Basic .......................................................................................   $  0.16 $  0.18  $ 
Diluted..................................................................................... $  0.15 $  0.17  $ 

0.26  $ 
0.25  $ 

0.39
0.37

Shares used in computing earnings per share: 

Basic .......................................................................................  
Diluted.....................................................................................

  13,643   13,802    13,845    13,982
  14,240   14,356    14,415    14,717

____________
(1) During the fourth quarter of 2006, the federal research and development tax credit statute was re-

enacted, resulting in a tax benefit of approximately $500 thousand for the quarter. 

(2) The earnings per common share calculations for each of the quarters were based upon the weighted 
average number of shares outstanding during each period, and the sum of the quarters may not be 
equal to the full year earnings per common share amounts. 

(3)  In the fourth quarter of 2007, both operating profit and net income are higher compared to the fourth 
quarter of 2006, despite lower sales, due primarily to certain financial metrics not being met, resulting 
in the reversal of approximately $1.5 million of previously accrued management bonuses. In the fourth 
quarter of 2006, we expensed approximately $2.1 million for management bonuses relating to 2006 
which were paid in 2007. 

71

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC. 
SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007, 2006, AND 2005 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Description 
Valuation account for inventory: 

  Balance at 
 Beginning of 
Period 

  Additions 
 Charged to 
  Costs and 
  Expenses 

 Balance at 
  End of 
  Period 

 Write-offs 

Year Ended December 31, 2007 ....................................  
Year Ended December 31, 2006 ....................................  
Year Ended December 31, 2005 ....................................  

  $ 2,179
  $ 2,274
  $ 3,806

  $ 2,146 
  $ 1,810 
  $ 2,735 

 $ (2,499)    $ 1,826 
 $ (1,905)    $ 2,179 
 $ (4,267)    $ 2,274 

Description 
Valuation account for income tax: 

  Balance at 
 Beginning of 
Period 

  Additions 
 Charged to 
  Costs and 
  Expenses 

 Reduction/ 
  Write-offs 

 Balance at 
  End of 
  Period 

Year Ended December 31, 2007 ...................................  
Year Ended December 31, 2006 ...................................  
Year Ended December 31, 2005 ...................................  

  $ 620 
  $ 620
  $ 536 

—   $  (356) 
— 
— 
— 
  $  84 

  $ 264 
  $  620 
  $ 620 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

3
7

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

4
7

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

None.  

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(d) defines “disclosure controls and procedures” to mean controls and 
procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the 
company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, 
summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms. The 
definition further states that disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and 
procedures designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports 
that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s 
management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing 
similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of our management, 
including our principal executive and principal financial officers, of the effectiveness of the design and 
operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. 
Based on that evaluation, our principal executive and principal financial officers have concluded that our 
disclosure controls and procedures were effective, as of the end of the period covered by this report, to 
provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or 
submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods 
specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms and is accumulated and 
communicated to our management. 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial 
reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Our internal control over financial 
reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial 
reporting and preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting 
principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Because of inherent limitations, internal 
control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any 
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may 
deteriorate. 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive and 
principal financial officers, we evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting 
based on the Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control Integrated Framework. Based on 
our evaluation under this framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial 
reporting was effective as of December 31, 2007. 

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007 has been 
audited by Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its 
attestation report which is included herein. 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect our 
internal controls subsequent to the date the Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and Chief 
Financial Officer (principal financial officer) completed their evaluation. 

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Universal Electronics Inc. 

None 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

5
7

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

We have audited Universal Electronics Inc.’s (a Delaware Corporation) internal control over financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 
Universal Electronics Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over 
financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, 
included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial 
Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on Universal Electronics Inc.’s internal control over 
financial reporting based on our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight 
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable 
assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material 
respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, 
assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating 
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we 
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our 
opinion. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable 
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal 
control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance 
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the 
assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to 
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, 
and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with 
authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance 
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect 
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk 
that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance 
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, Universal Electronics Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control 
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—
Integrated Framework issued by COSO. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight 
Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Universal Electronics Inc. as of December 31, 
2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows 
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007, and our report dated March 5, 2008 
expressed an unqualified opinion. 

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP  

Irvine, California 
March 5, 2008 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

6
7

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

75

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

PART III

The following summarizes our equity compensation plans at December 31, 2007:  

Information required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K with respect to our directors will be contained in and 
is hereby incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2008 Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and Exchange 
Commission under the Exchange Act. Information regarding executive officers of the Company is set forth 
in Part I of this Form 10-K. 

Information required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K will be contained in and is hereby incorporated by 
reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed 
subsequent to the date of filing this Form 10-K, under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership 
Reporting Compliance.” Copies of Section 16 reports, Forms 3, 4 and 5, are available on our website, 
www.uei.com under the caption “SEC Filings” on the Investor page. 

Code of Conduct. We have adopted a code of conduct that applies to all of our employees, including 
without limitation our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. 
A copy of the Code of Conduct is included as Exhibit 14.1 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2003 filed on March 14, 2004 (File No. 0-21044). The Code of Conduct also is 
available on our website, www.uei.com under the caption “Corporate Governance” on the Investor page. 
We will post on our website information regarding any amendment to, or waiver from, any provision of the 
Code of Conduct that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal 
accounting officer. 

Information required by Items 407(c)(3), (d)(4) and (d)(5) of Regulation S-K will be contained in and is 
hereby incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2008 Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and Exchange 
Commission under the Exchange Act. 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information required by Items 402 and 407(e)(4) and (e)(5) of Regulation S-K will be contained in and is 
hereby incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2008 Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and Exchange 
Commission under the Exchange Act. 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information required by Item 403 of Regulation S-K will be contained in and is hereby incorporated by 
reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed 
pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the 
Exchange Act. 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

7
7

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

8
7

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

(a) 

(b) 

Number of 
  Securities to be 
issued upon 
exercise of 
outstanding 
  options, warrants 
and rights 

  Weighted-average 
  exercise price of 
outstanding 
  options, warrants 
and rights 

(c) 
Number of 
securities 
  remaining available 
  for future issuance 
under equity 
  compensation plans 
(excluding 
securities 
  reflected in column 
(a)) 

957,085 

$  17.57 

1,009,084 

Plan Category 
Equity compensation plans approved by security 
holders................................................................ 

Equity compensation plans not approved by 

security holders .................................................. 
Total ................................................................ 

781,447 
1,738,532

15.85 
$  16.83

6,788 
1,015,872

See “ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA- Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements — Note 11” for a description of each of our stock option plans. 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE

Information required by Items 404 and 407(a) of Regulation S-K will be contained in and is hereby 
incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders 
to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under 
the Exchange Act. 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Information required by this item will be contained in and is hereby incorporated by reference to our 
definitive Proxy Statement for our 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 
14A promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act. 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)(1) List of Financial Statements

PART IV

See “ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA-Index to Consolidated 
Financial Statements” for a list of the consolidated financial statements included herein. 

(a)(2) List of Financial Statement Schedules

See “ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA-Index to Consolidated 
Financial Statements” for a list of the consolidated financial statement schedules included herein. 

(a)(3) List of Exhibits required to be filed by Item 601(a) of the Regulation S-K are included as 

Exhibits to this Report:

See EXHIBIT INDEX at page 80 to Form 10-K.

77

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirement of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant 
has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in 
the City of Cypress, State of California on the 14th day of March, 2008. 

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.

By:   

/s/ Paul D. Arling 
Paul D. Arling  

  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Paul D. Arling and Bryan M. 
Hackworth as true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, with full powers of 
substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all 
amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other 
documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said 
attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and 
every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully for all intents 
and purposes as he might or could do in person, thereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-
in-fact and agents, each acting alone, or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue 
hereof. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below 
on the 14th day of March, 2008, by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities 
indicated.

NAME & TITLE 

SIGNATURE 

Paul D. Arling  
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer  
(principal executive officer) 

Bryan M. Hackworth  
Chief Financial Officer 
(principal financial officer  
and principal accounting officer) 

Satjiv S. Chahil
Director

William C. Mulligan  
Director

J. C. Sparkman  
Director

Edward K. Zinser  
Director

/s/ Paul D. Arling 

/s/ Bryan M. Hackworth 

/s/ Satjiv S. Chahil 

/s/ William C. Mulligan 

/s/ J.C. Sparkman 

/s/ Edward K. Zinser 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

9
7

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

0
8

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

  Exhibit 
  Number 

EXHIBIT INDEX

Document Description 

3.1

3.2

3.3

4.1

*10.1

*10.2

*10.3

*10.4

*10.5

*10.6

*10.7

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Universal Electronics Inc., as amended (Incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form S-1 Registration filed on or about 
December 24, 1992 (File No. 33-56358)) 

Amended and Restated By-laws of Universal Electronics Inc. (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Form S-1 Registration filed on or about December 24, 1992 (File 
No. 33-56358)) 

Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Universal Electronics Inc. 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
the year ended December 31, 1995 filed on April 1, 1996 (File No. 0-21044)) 

Article Eighth of our Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, contains certain 
provisions restricting business combinations with interested stockholders under certain 
circumstances and imposing higher voting requirements for the approval of certain 
transactions unless the transaction has been approved by two-thirds of the disinterested 
directors or fair price provisions have been met. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to 
the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 filed on 
April 1, 1996 (File No. 0-21044)) 

Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1993 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.13 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Form S-1 Registration filed on or about 
January 21, 1993 (File No. 33-56358)) 

Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit B to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Materials for the 1995 Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders of Universal Electronics Inc. filed on May 1, 1995 (File No. 0-21044)) 

Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain 
employees used in connection with options granted to the employees pursuant to the 
Universal Electronics Inc. 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 
filed on March 28, 1997 (File No. 0-21044)) 

Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain non-
affiliated directors used in connection with options granted to the non-affiliated directors 
pursuant to the Universal Electronics Inc. 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 1996 filed on March 28, 1997 (File No. 0-21044)) 

Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Form S-8 Registration Statement filed on March 26, 1997 (File 
No. 333-23985)) 

Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain 
employers used in connection with options granted to the employees pursuant to the 
Universal Electronics Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 
to the Company’s Form S-8 Registration Statement filed on March 26, 1997 (File No. 333-
23985)) 

Form of Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain 
employees (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, filed on March 30, 1998 (File No. 0-
21044)) 

79

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

1
8

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

  Exhibit 
  Number 

*10.8

*10.9

*10.10

*10.11

*10.12

*10.13

*10.14

*10.15

*10.16

*10.17

*10.18

10.19

Document Description 

Form of Amendment to Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Universal Electronics 
Inc. and certain employees (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, filed on March 30, 1998 
(File No. 0-21044)) 

Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Materials for the 1998 Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders of Universal Electronics Inc. filed on April 20, 1998 (File No. 0-21044)) 

Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain 
employees used in connection with options granted to the employees pursuant to the 
Universal Electronics Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.24 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 
filed on March 31, 1999 (File No. 0-21044)) 

Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Materials for the 1999 Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders of Universal Electronics Inc. filed on April 29, 1999 (File No. 0-21044)) 

Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain 
employees used in connection with options granted to the employees pursuant to the 
Universal Electronics Inc. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to 
the Company’s Definitive Proxy Materials for the 1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of 
Universal Electronics Inc. filed on April 29, 1999 (File No. 0-21044)) 

Form of Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain 
employees (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Company’s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 filed on March 30, 2000 (File No. 0-21044))

Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1999A Nonqualified Stock Plan effective October 7, 1999 
and subsequently amended February 1, 2000 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to 
the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 filed on 
March 30, 2000 (File No. 0-21044)) 

Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain 
employees used in connection with options granted to the employees pursuant to the 
Universal Electronics Inc. 1999A Nonqualified Stock Plan (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.43 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 
31, 1999 filed on March 30, 2000 (File No. 0-21044)) 

Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.49 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 
30, 2002 filed on August 14, 2002 (File No. 0-21044)) 

Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain 
directors, officers and other employees used in connection with options granted to the 
employees pursuant to the Universal Electronics Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter 
ended June 30, 2002 filed on August 14, 2002 (File No. 0-21044)) 

Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 2003 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to 
Appendix B to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Materials for the 2003 Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders of Universal Electronics Inc. filed on April 28, 2003 (File No. 0-21044)) 

Credit Agreement dated September 15, 2003 between Comerica Bank and Universal 
Electronics Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report 
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003 filed on November 14, 2003 (File 
No. 0-21044)) 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

2
8

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

  Exhibit 
  Number 

10.20

*10.21

*10.22

*10.23

10.24

*10.25

*10.26

10.27

10.28

*10.29

Document Description 

Promissory Agreement dated September 15, 2003 between Comerica Bank and Universal 
Electronics Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report 
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003 filed on November 14, 2003 (File 
No. 0-21044)) 

Form of Executive Officer Employment Agreement dated April 23, 2003 by and between 
Universal Electronics Inc. and Paul D. Arling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the 
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 filed on 
March 14, 2004 (File No. 0-21044)) 

Form of Executive Officer Employment Agreement dated April 2003 by and between Universal 
Electronics Inc. and Robert P. Lilleness (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the 
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 filed on 
March 14, 2004 (File No. 0-21044)) 

Form of First Amendment to Executive Officer Employment Agreement dated October 21, 
2005 by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and Paul D. Arling (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 
31, 2005 filed on March 16, 2006 (File No. 0-21044)) 

Third Amendment to Lease dated December 1, 2006 between Warland Investments Company 
and Universal Electronics Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Company’s 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 filed on March 16, 2006 
(File No. 0-21044)) 

Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to 
Appendix C to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Materials for the 2006 Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders of Universal Electronics Inc. filed on April 26, 2006 (File No. 0-21044) 

Employment and Separation Agreement and General Release dated August 17, 2006 
between Robert P. Lilleness and Universal Electronics Inc. (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 22, 2006 (File No. 
0-21044)) 

Form of Lease dated January 31, 2007 between FirstCal Industrial 2 Acquisition, LLC and 
Universal Electronics Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed on March 16, 2007 
(File No. 02-21044)) 

Amendment Number One to Credit Agreement dated August 29, 2006 between Comerica 
Bank and Universal Electronics Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the 
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed on 
March 16, 2007 (File No. 02-21044)) 

Form of Indemnification Agreements, dated as of January 2, 2007 between the Company and 
each director and certain officers of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 
to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed 
on March 16, 2007 (File No. 02-21044)) 

14.1

Code of Conduct (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 to the Company’s Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 filed on March 14, 2004 (File No. 0-
21044)) 

21.1

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant (filed herewith)  

23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Grant Thornton LLP (filed 
herewith) 

81

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Exhibit 
  Number 

Document Description 

24.1

Power of Attorney (filed as part of the signature page hereto) 

31.1

Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications of the Chief Executive Officer (filed herewith) 

31.2

Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications of the Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer and 
principal accounting officer) (filed herewith) 

32.1

Section 1350 Certifications of the Chief Executive Officer (filed herewith) 

32.2

Section 1350 Certifications of the Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer and 
principal accounting officer) (filed herewith) 

____________

*  Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement identified pursuant to Items 15(a)(3) and 

15(c) of Form 10-K. 

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

3
8

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

83

k
c
a
B

l

-

M
A
7
1
:
1
0
:
0
1

-

8
0
0
2

,
4

r
p
A

-

4
8

f
o

4
8

e
g
a
P

-

f
d
p
.
7
_
K
0
1
_
0
8
6
8
3

-

P
B
M
H
D

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC. 

PERFORMANCE CHART

The following graph and table compares the cumulative total stockholder return with respect to 
our Common Stock versus the cumulative total return of our Peer Group Index (the “Peer Group 
Index”) and the Nasdaq Composite Index (the “Nasdaq Composite Index”) for the five (5) year 
period ended December 31, 2007. The comparison assumes that $100 was invested on 
December 31, 2002 in each of our Common Stock, the Peer Group Index and the Nasdaq 
Composite Index and that all dividends were reinvested. We have not paid any dividends and, 
therefore, our cumulative total return calculation is based solely upon stock price appreciation and 
not upon reinvestment of dividends. The graph and table depicts year-end values based on actual 
market value increases and decreases relative to the initial investment of $100, based on 
information provided for each calendar year by the Nasdaq Stock Market and the New York Stock 
Exchange. 

The comparisons in the graph and table below are based on historical data and are not intended 
to forecast the possible future performance of our common stock. 

Comparison of Stockholder Returns Among Universal Electronics Inc., 
the Peer Group Index (1) and the NASDAQ Composite Index 

$400

$350

$300

$250

$200

$150

$100

$50

$0

12/31/2002

12/31/2003

12/31/2004

12/31/2005

12/31/2006

12/31/2007

UEIC

Peer Group average

NASDAQ

Universal Electronics Inc 
Peer Group Index  
NASDAQ Composite Index 

12/31/02  12/31/03  12/31/04  12/31/05  12/31/06  12/31/07 

  $  100 
  $  100 
  $  100 

  $  131 
  $  181 
  $  150 

  $  181 
  $  269 
  $  163 

  $ 177 
  $  240 
  $  165 

  $  216 
  $  240 
  $  181 

  $  343 
  $  183 
  $  199 

Information presented is as of the end of each calendar year for the periods December 31, 2002 
through 2007. This information shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission nor shall this information be incorporated by reference 
into any future filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934, as amended, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into 
a filing. 

____________

(1)  Companies in the Peer Group Index are as follows: Harman International Industries, Inc. and  Koss Corporation.  

Interlink Electronics, which was included in the Peer Group Index in prior years, was not included in the Peer Group 
Index for the disclosure above. On August 31, 2007, Interlink Electronics completed the sale of its OEM Remotes and 
Branded Products business segments. Interlink Electronics sold the OEM Remotes and Branded Products business 
segments to gain capital necessary to advance its business initiatives to allow it to focus on its E-Transactions and 
Specialty Components business segments. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS

OFFICERS

WORLDWIDE HEADQUARTERS

Paul D. Arling
Chairman and
Chief Executive Offi cer

Universal Electronics Inc.

Cypress, California

Satjiv S. Chahil2, 3

Senior Vice President
of Marketing
Hewlett-Packard 
Personal Systems Group

Cupertino, California

William C. Mulligan1, 3
Managing Director

Primus Venture Partners, Inc.

Cleveland, Ohio

J.C. Sparkman2, 3
Retired Executive
Vice President and 
Chief Operating Offi cer

Telecommunications, Inc. (TCI)

Denver, Colorado

Ed Zinser1
Chief Financial Offi cer

Boingo Wireless Inc.

Los Angeles, California

1  Member, Audit Committee
2 

 Member, Compensation 

Committee

3 

 Member, Corporate 

Governance & Nominating 

Committee

Universal Electronics Inc. 

is an equal opportunity employer

Universal Electronics Inc.
6101 Gateway Drive
Cypress, California  90630

EUROPEAN HEADQUARTERS

The Netherlands
Universal Electronics BV
Institutenweg 21 7521 PH
Enschede, Netherlands

INVESTOR INFORMATION

Annual Meeting

4:00 p.m. PT - June 12, 2008

Universal Electronics Inc.
6101 Gateway Drive
Cypress, California  90630

Independent Registered Public 
Accounting Firm
Grant Thornton LLP

Irvine, California

Registrar & Transfer Agent
Computershare Investor 
Services, LLC

2 North LaSalle Street 

Chicago, Illinois  60602

Phone (312) 588-4991

FORM 10-K 

Any stockholder who desires 
a copy of the Company’s 2007 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
fi led with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission may ob-
tain a copy (excluding exhibits) 
without charge by addressing a 
request to:

Investor Relations
Universal Electronics Inc.
6101 Gateway Drive

Cypress, California  90630

A charge equal to the reproduc-
tion cost will be made if the 
exhibits are requested.
Universal’s Internet address is 
www.uei.com. Universal makes 
available through its internet 
web site its annual report on 
Form 10-K. Investors can also 
obtain copies of our SEC fi lings 
from the SEC web site at 
www.sec.gov

Paul D. Arling
Chairman and 
Chief Executive Offi cer

Paul J.M. Bennett
Executive Vice President 
International
Managing Director EMEA

Mark S. Kopaskie
Executive Vice President 
and General Manager, U. S.

Richard A. Firehammer, Jr.
Senior Vice President, 
General Counsel and 
Secretary

Bryan Hackworth
Senior Vice President and 
Chief Financial Offi cer

Joe Miketo
Senior Vice President 
of Operations

Olav Pouw 
Senior Vice President Control
and Technology Group, EMEA 
and Asia

Pam Price
Senior Vice President of Sales

Ramzi S. Ammari
Vice President of 
Product Development

Steve Gutman
Vice President of Cable Sales 

Patrick H. Hayes
Vice President of 
Intellectual Property 

Lou Hughes
Vice President of 
Corporate Development

Em Klaver
Vice President
Digital Home Group , EMEA

Michael Koch
Vice President of Finance and 
Treasurer

Patrick Lems
Vice President
Business Controlling & M&A 
EMEA

Jacques Mathijsen
Vice President of Product
Mangement, EMEA

Graham Williams
Vice President of Engineering

corporate information_

 
E

N

I

P

S

E

N

I

P

S

uei.com

Universal Electronics Inc.
6101 Gateway Drive
Cypress, CA 90630